projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Update all uses of md_apply_fix to use md_apply_fix3. Make it a void function.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
365 char common;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
368 to be multiply defined. */
369 char dup_common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
372 char zero;
373
374 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
375 unsigned char sort;
376
377 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
378 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
379 int access;
380
381 /* Index of containing space. */
382 int space_index;
383
384 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
385 int alignment;
386
387 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
388 int quadrant;
389
390 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
391 int def_space_index;
392
393 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
394 subsegT subsegment;
395 };
396
397 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
398 dictionary entries. */
399
400 struct default_space_dict
401 {
402 /* Name of the space. */
403 char *name;
404
405 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
406 assembly code numerically! */
407 int spnum;
408
409 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
410 char loadable;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
413 char defined;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
416 char private;
417
418 /* Sort key for this space. */
419 unsigned char sort;
420
421 /* Segment associated with this space. */
422 asection *segment;
423 };
424 #endif
425
426 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
427 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
428 label. */
429 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
430 {
431 struct symbol *lss_label;
432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
433 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
434 #endif
435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
436 segT lss_segment;
437 #endif
438 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
439 }
440 label_symbol_struct;
441
442 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
443 struct hppa_fix_struct
444 {
445 /* The field selector. */
446 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
447
448 /* Type of fixup. */
449 int fx_r_type;
450
451 /* Format of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_format;
453
454 /* Argument relocation bits. */
455 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
456
457 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
458 segT segment;
459 };
460
461 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
462
463 struct pd_reg
464 {
465 char *name;
466 int value;
467 };
468
469 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
470 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
471 struct fp_cond_map
472 {
473 char *string;
474 int cond;
475 };
476
477 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
478 string to a field selector type. */
479 struct selector_entry
480 {
481 char *prefix;
482 int field_selector;
483 };
484
485 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
486
487 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
488 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
489 #endif
490
491 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
492 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
495 #endif
496 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
497 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
504 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
505 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
506 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
507 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
508 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
509 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
510 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
511 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
512 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
513 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
523 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
532 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
541 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
542 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
543 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
544 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
545 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
546 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
547 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
551 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
552 int, int, int,
553 asection *, int));
554 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
555 char *, int, int,
556 int, int, int,
557 int, int, int, int,
558 int, asection *));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int,
563 asection *));
564 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
565 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
568 subsegT));
569 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
570 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
572 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
573 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
574 #endif
575 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
576 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
577 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
578 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
579 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
580 int, unsigned int, int));
581 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
582 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
583 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
584 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
585 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
586 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
587 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
588 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
589
590 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
591 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
592 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
593 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
594 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
595 #endif
596
597 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
598
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
601 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
602 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
603
604 /* The current space and subspace. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
606 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
607 #endif
608
609 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
610 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
611
612 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
613 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
614 function labels. */
615 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
616
617 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
618 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
619
620 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
621 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
622
623 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
624 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
625 dependent tables? */
626 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
627 {
628 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
629 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
630 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
631 {"align", pa_align, 8},
632 #endif
633 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
634 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
635 #endif
636 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
637 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
638 {"block", pa_block, 1},
639 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
640 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
641 {"call", pa_call, 0},
642 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
643 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
644 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
645 #else
646 {"code", pa_text, 0},
647 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
648 #endif
649 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
650 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
651 #endif
652 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
653 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
654 {"data", pa_data, 0},
655 #endif
656 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
657 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
658 {"end", pa_end, 0},
659 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
664 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
665 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
666 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
667 {"export", pa_export, 0},
668 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
669 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
670 #endif
671 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
672 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
673 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
674 {"import", pa_import, 0},
675 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
676 {"label", pa_label, 0},
677 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
678 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
679 {"level", pa_level, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
682 #endif
683 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
684 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
685 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
686 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
687 #endif
688 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
689 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
690 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"param", pa_param, 0},
692 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
693 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
694 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
695 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
696 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
697 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
698 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
699 {"space", pa_space, 0},
700 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
701 #endif
702 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
703 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
704 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
705 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
706 #endif
707 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
708 {"text", pa_text, 0},
709 #endif
710 {"version", pa_version, 0},
711 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
712 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
713 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
714 #endif
715 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
716 {NULL, 0, 0}
717 };
718
719 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
720 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
721 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
722
723 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
724 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
725 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
726
727 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
728 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
729
730 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
731 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
732 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
733
734 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
735 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
736
737 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
738 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
739
740 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
741 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
742
743 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
744 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
745 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
746 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
747
748 static struct pa_it the_insn;
749
750 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
751 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
752 variable. */
753 static char *expr_end;
754
755 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
756 static int callinfo_found;
757
758 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
759 static int within_entry_exit;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
762 static int within_procedure;
763
764 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
765 seen in each subspace. */
766 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
767
768 /* Holds the last field selector. */
769 static int hppa_field_selector;
770
771 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
772
773 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
774 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
775 static int strict = 0;
776
777 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
778 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
779 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
780 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
781 register has a `r' suffix. */
782 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
783 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
784 static int pa_number;
785
786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
787 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
788 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
789 #endif
790
791 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
792 static int print_errors = 1;
793
794 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
795
796 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
797 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
798
799 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
800 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
801
802 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
803 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
804 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
805 again have the value <REGNUM>.
806
807 Many registers also have synonyms:
808
809 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
810 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
811 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
812 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
813 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
814
815 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
816 here for brevity.
817
818 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
819
820 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
821 {
822 {"%arg0", 26},
823 {"%arg1", 25},
824 {"%arg2", 24},
825 {"%arg3", 23},
826 {"%cr0", 0},
827 {"%cr10", 10},
828 {"%cr11", 11},
829 {"%cr12", 12},
830 {"%cr13", 13},
831 {"%cr14", 14},
832 {"%cr15", 15},
833 {"%cr16", 16},
834 {"%cr17", 17},
835 {"%cr18", 18},
836 {"%cr19", 19},
837 {"%cr20", 20},
838 {"%cr21", 21},
839 {"%cr22", 22},
840 {"%cr23", 23},
841 {"%cr24", 24},
842 {"%cr25", 25},
843 {"%cr26", 26},
844 {"%cr27", 27},
845 {"%cr28", 28},
846 {"%cr29", 29},
847 {"%cr30", 30},
848 {"%cr31", 31},
849 {"%cr8", 8},
850 {"%cr9", 9},
851 {"%dp", 27},
852 {"%eiem", 15},
853 {"%eirr", 23},
854 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
861 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
903 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
941 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%hta", 25},
951 {"%iir", 19},
952 {"%ior", 21},
953 {"%ipsw", 22},
954 {"%isr", 20},
955 {"%itmr", 16},
956 {"%iva", 14},
957 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
958 {"%mrp", 2},
959 #else
960 {"%mrp", 31},
961 #endif
962 {"%pcoq", 18},
963 {"%pcsq", 17},
964 {"%pidr1", 8},
965 {"%pidr2", 9},
966 {"%pidr3", 12},
967 {"%pidr4", 13},
968 {"%ppda", 24},
969 {"%r0", 0},
970 {"%r1", 1},
971 {"%r10", 10},
972 {"%r11", 11},
973 {"%r12", 12},
974 {"%r13", 13},
975 {"%r14", 14},
976 {"%r15", 15},
977 {"%r16", 16},
978 {"%r17", 17},
979 {"%r18", 18},
980 {"%r19", 19},
981 {"%r2", 2},
982 {"%r20", 20},
983 {"%r21", 21},
984 {"%r22", 22},
985 {"%r23", 23},
986 {"%r24", 24},
987 {"%r25", 25},
988 {"%r26", 26},
989 {"%r27", 27},
990 {"%r28", 28},
991 {"%r29", 29},
992 {"%r3", 3},
993 {"%r30", 30},
994 {"%r31", 31},
995 {"%r4", 4},
996 {"%r5", 5},
997 {"%r6", 6},
998 {"%r7", 7},
999 {"%r8", 8},
1000 {"%r9", 9},
1001 {"%rctr", 0},
1002 {"%ret0", 28},
1003 {"%ret1", 29},
1004 {"%rp", 2},
1005 {"%sar", 11},
1006 {"%sp", 30},
1007 {"%sr0", 0},
1008 {"%sr1", 1},
1009 {"%sr2", 2},
1010 {"%sr3", 3},
1011 {"%sr4", 4},
1012 {"%sr5", 5},
1013 {"%sr6", 6},
1014 {"%sr7", 7},
1015 {"%tr0", 24},
1016 {"%tr1", 25},
1017 {"%tr2", 26},
1018 {"%tr3", 27},
1019 {"%tr4", 28},
1020 {"%tr5", 29},
1021 {"%tr6", 30},
1022 {"%tr7", 31}
1023 };
1024
1025 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1026 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1027 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1028 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1029 {
1030 {"false?", 0},
1031 {"false", 1},
1032 {"true?", 30},
1033 {"true", 31},
1034 {"!<=>", 3},
1035 {"!?>=", 8},
1036 {"!?<=", 16},
1037 {"!<>", 7},
1038 {"!>=", 11},
1039 {"!?>", 12},
1040 {"?<=", 14},
1041 {"!<=", 19},
1042 {"!?<", 20},
1043 {"?>=", 22},
1044 {"!?=", 24},
1045 {"!=t", 27},
1046 {"<=>", 29},
1047 {"=t", 5},
1048 {"?=", 6},
1049 {"?<", 10},
1050 {"<=", 13},
1051 {"!>", 15},
1052 {"?>", 18},
1053 {">=", 21},
1054 {"!<", 23},
1055 {"<>", 25},
1056 {"!=", 26},
1057 {"!?", 28},
1058 {"?", 2},
1059 {"=", 4},
1060 {"<", 9},
1061 {">", 17}
1062 };
1063
1064 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1065 {
1066 {"f", e_fsel},
1067 {"l", e_lsel},
1068 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1069 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1070 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1071 {"ls", e_lssel},
1072 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1073 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1074 {"n", e_nsel},
1075 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1076 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1077 {"p", e_psel},
1078 {"r", e_rsel},
1079 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1080 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1081 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1082 {"rs", e_rssel},
1083 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1084 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1085 {"t", e_tsel},
1086 };
1087
1088 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1089 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1090
1091 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1092 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093
1094 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1095 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1096 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1097 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1098 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1099 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1100 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1101 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1102 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1103
1104 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1105 {
1106 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1107 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1108 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1109 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1110 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1111 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1112 };
1113
1114 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1115 {
1116 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1117 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1119 };
1120
1121 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1122
1123 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1124 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1125 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1126 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1127 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1128
1129 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1130 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1131 #endif
1132
1133 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1134 a right or left half of a FP register */
1135 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1136 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1137
1138 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1139 main loop after insertion. */
1140
1141 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1142 { \
1143 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1144 continue; \
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1148 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1149
1150 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1151 { \
1152 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1153 { \
1154 if (! IGNORE) \
1155 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1156 (int) (FIELD));\
1157 break; \
1158 } \
1159 }
1160
1161 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1162 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1163
1164 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1165 { \
1166 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1167 { \
1168 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1169 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1170 (int) (FIELD));\
1171 break; \
1172 } \
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1176 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1177
1178 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1179 { \
1180 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1181 { \
1182 if (! IGNORE) \
1183 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1184 (int) (FIELD));\
1185 break; \
1186 } \
1187 }
1188
1189 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1190 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1191 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1192
1193 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1194 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1195 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1196
1197 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1198 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1199 need real complex handling yet. */
1200 #define is_complex(exp) \
1201 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1202
1203 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1204
1205 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1206 proc/procend pairs match. */
1207
1208 void
1209 pa_check_eof ()
1210 {
1211 if (within_entry_exit)
1212 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1213
1214 if (within_procedure)
1215 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1216 }
1217
1218 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1219 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1220
1221 static label_symbol_struct *
1222 pa_get_label ()
1223 {
1224 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1225
1226 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1227 label_chain;
1228 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1229 {
1230 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1231 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1232 return label_chain;
1233 #endif
1234 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1235 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1236 return label_chain;
1237 #endif
1238 }
1239
1240 return NULL;
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1244 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1245
1246 void
1247 pa_define_label (symbol)
1248 symbolS *symbol;
1249 {
1250 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1251
1252 if (label_chain)
1253 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1254 else
1255 {
1256 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1257 label_chain
1258 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1259 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1260 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1261 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1262 #endif
1263 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1264 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1265 #endif
1266 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1267
1268 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1269 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1270
1271 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1272 }
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1276 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1277
1278 static void
1279 pa_undefine_label ()
1280 {
1281 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1282 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1283
1284 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1285 label_chain;
1286 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1287 {
1288 if (1
1289 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1290 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1291 #endif
1292 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1293 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1294 #endif
1295 )
1296 {
1297 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1298 if (prev_label_chain)
1299 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1300 else
1301 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1302
1303 free (label_chain);
1304 break;
1305 }
1306 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1311 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1312 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1313 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1314 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1315 tc_fix_data field. */
1316
1317 static void
1318 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1319 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1320 fragS *frag;
1321 int where;
1322 int size;
1323 symbolS *add_symbol;
1324 offsetT offset;
1325 expressionS *exp;
1326 int pcrel;
1327 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1328 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1329 int r_format;
1330 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1331 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1332 {
1333 fixS *new_fix;
1334
1335 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1336 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1337
1338 if (exp != NULL)
1339 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1340 else
1341 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1342 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1343 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1347 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1348 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1349 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1350 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1351 #endif
1352
1353 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1354 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1355 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1356 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1357 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1358 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1359 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1360 }
1361
1362 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1363 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1364
1365 void
1366 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1367 expressionS *exp;
1368 {
1369 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1370 expression (exp);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1374 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1375
1376 void
1377 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1378 fragS *frag;
1379 int where;
1380 int size;
1381 expressionS *exp;
1382 {
1383 unsigned int rel_type;
1384
1385 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1386 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1387 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1388 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1389 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1390 else
1391 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1392
1393 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1394 {
1395 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1396 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1397 }
1398
1399 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1400 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1401 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1402
1403 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1404 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1408 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1409
1410 void
1411 md_begin ()
1412 {
1413 const char *retval = NULL;
1414 int lose = 0;
1415 unsigned int i = 0;
1416
1417 last_call_info = NULL;
1418 call_info_root = NULL;
1419
1420 /* Set the default machine type. */
1421 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1422 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1423
1424 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1425 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1426 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1427 {
1428 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1429 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1433 pa_spaces_begin ();
1434 #endif
1435
1436 op_hash = hash_new ();
1437
1438 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1439 {
1440 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1441 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1442 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1443 {
1444 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1445 lose = 1;
1446 }
1447 do
1448 {
1449 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1450 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1451 {
1452 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1453 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1454 lose = 1;
1455 }
1456 ++i;
1457 }
1458 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1459 }
1460
1461 if (lose)
1462 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1463
1464 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1465 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1466 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1467 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1468 #endif
1469
1470 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1471 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1472 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1473 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1474 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1475 #endif
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1479 void
1480 md_assemble (str)
1481 char *str;
1482 {
1483 char *to;
1484
1485 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1486 assert (str);
1487
1488 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1489 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1490 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1491
1492 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1493 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1494 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1495 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1496 {
1497 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1498
1499 if (label_symbol)
1500 {
1501 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1502 {
1503 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1504 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1505 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1507 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1508 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1509 if (within_entry_exit)
1510 {
1511 char *where;
1512 unsigned int u;
1513
1514 where = frag_more (0);
1515 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1516 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1517 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1518 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1519 }
1520 #endif
1521 }
1522 else
1523 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1524 }
1525 else
1526 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1527 }
1528
1529 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1530 pa_ip (str);
1531
1532 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1533 to = frag_more (4);
1534
1535 /* Output the opcode. */
1536 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1537
1538 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1539 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1540 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1541 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1542 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1543 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1544
1545 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1546 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549
1550 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1551 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1552
1553 static void
1554 pa_ip (str)
1555 char *str;
1556 {
1557 char *error_message = "";
1558 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1559 const char *args;
1560 int match = FALSE;
1561 int comma = 0;
1562 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1563 unsigned long opcode;
1564 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1565
1566 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1567 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1568 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1569 #endif
1570
1571 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1572 case. */
1573 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1574 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1575
1576 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1577 for (s = str;
1578 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1579 ++s)
1580 ;
1581
1582 switch (*s)
1583 {
1584
1585 case '\0':
1586 break;
1587
1588 case ',':
1589 comma = 1;
1590
1591 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1592
1593 case ' ':
1594 *s++ = '\0';
1595 break;
1596
1597 default:
1598 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1599 }
1600
1601 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1602 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1603 {
1604 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1605 return;
1606 }
1607
1608 if (comma)
1609 {
1610 *--s = ',';
1611 }
1612
1613 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1614 start processing them. */
1615 argstart = s;
1616 for (;;)
1617 {
1618 /* Do some initialization. */
1619 opcode = insn->match;
1620 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1621 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1622
1623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1624
1625 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1626 then set a new architecture. */
1627 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1628 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1629 if (insn->arch < 20
1630 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1631 {
1632 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1633 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1634 }
1635 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1636 {
1637 match = FALSE;
1638 goto failed;
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1642 sure that the operands match. */
1643 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1644 {
1645 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1646 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1647 s++;
1648
1649 switch (*args)
1650 {
1651
1652 /* End of arguments. */
1653 case '\0':
1654 if (*s == '\0')
1655 match = TRUE;
1656 break;
1657
1658 case '+':
1659 if (*s == '+')
1660 {
1661 ++s;
1662 continue;
1663 }
1664 if (*s == '-')
1665 continue;
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* These must match exactly. */
1669 case '(':
1670 case ')':
1671 case ',':
1672 case ' ':
1673 if (*s++ == *args)
1674 continue;
1675 break;
1676
1677 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1678 case 'b':
1679 case '^':
1680 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1681 break;
1682 num = pa_number;
1683 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1685
1686 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1687 is there. */
1688 case '!':
1689 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1690 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1691 s = s + 1;
1692
1693 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1694 {
1695 s += 4;
1696 continue;
1697 }
1698 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1699 {
1700 s += 5;
1701 continue;
1702 }
1703 break;
1704
1705 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1706 case 'x':
1707 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1708 break;
1709 num = pa_number;
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1711 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1712
1713 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1714 case 't':
1715 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1716 break;
1717 num = pa_number;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1722 case 'a':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 opcode |= num << 16;
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1729
1730 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1731 case 'T':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1740 case '5':
1741 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1742 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1743 break;
1744 s = expr_end;
1745 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1746 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1747 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1748 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1749 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1750
1751 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1752 case 'V':
1753 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1754 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1755 break;
1756 s = expr_end;
1757 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1758 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1759 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1760 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1762
1763 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1764 case 'r':
1765 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1766 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1767 break;
1768 s = expr_end;
1769 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1770 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1771
1772 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1773 case 'R':
1774 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1775 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1776 break;
1777 s = expr_end;
1778 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1780
1781 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1782 case 'U':
1783 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1784 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1785 break;
1786 s = expr_end;
1787 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1788 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1789
1790 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1791 case 's':
1792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1793 break;
1794 num = pa_number;
1795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1797
1798 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1799 case 'S':
1800 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1801 break;
1802 num = pa_number;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1804 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1805 continue;
1806
1807 /* Handle all completers. */
1808 case 'c':
1809 switch (*++args)
1810 {
1811
1812 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1813 case 'x':
1814 {
1815 int uu = 0;
1816 int m = 0;
1817 int i = 0;
1818 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1819 {
1820 s++;
1821 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1822 {
1823 uu = 1;
1824 m = 1;
1825 s++;
1826 i++;
1827 }
1828 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1829 m = 1;
1830 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1831 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1832 uu = 1;
1833 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1834 else if (strict)
1835 {
1836 s--;
1837 break;
1838 }
1839 else
1840 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1841 s++;
1842 i++;
1843 }
1844 if (i > 2)
1845 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1846 opcode |= m << 5;
1847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1851 case 'm':
1852 case 'q':
1853 case 'J':
1854 case 'e':
1855 {
1856 int a = 0;
1857 int m = 0;
1858 if (*s == ',')
1859 {
1860 int found = 0;
1861 s++;
1862 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1863 {
1864 a = 0;
1865 m = 1;
1866 found = 1;
1867 }
1868 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1869 {
1870 a = 1;
1871 m = 1;
1872 found = 1;
1873 }
1874
1875 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1876 if (!found && strict)
1877 s--;
1878 else
1879 {
1880 if (!found)
1881 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1882 s += 2;
1883 }
1884 }
1885 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1886 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1887 else if (*args == 'e')
1888 break;
1889
1890 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1891 encode the before/after field. */
1892 if (*args == 'm')
1893 {
1894 opcode |= m << 5;
1895 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1896 }
1897 else if (*args == 'q')
1898 {
1899 opcode |= m << 3;
1900 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1901 }
1902 else if (*args == 'J')
1903 {
1904 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1906 }
1907 else if (*args == 'e')
1908 {
1909 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1910 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1911 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1912 opcode |= a;
1913 continue;
1914 }
1915 }
1916
1917 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1918 case 's':
1919 {
1920 int a = 0;
1921 int m = 0;
1922 int i = 0;
1923 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1924 {
1925 s++;
1926 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1927 m = 1;
1928 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1929 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1930 a = 0;
1931 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1932 a = 1;
1933 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1934 else if (strict)
1935 {
1936 s--;
1937 break;
1938 }
1939 else
1940 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1941 s++;
1942 i++;
1943 }
1944 if (i > 2)
1945 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1946 opcode |= m << 5;
1947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1948 }
1949
1950 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1951 case 'c':
1952 cmpltr = 0;
1953 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1954 {
1955 s += 3;
1956 cmpltr = 2;
1957 }
1958 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1959
1960 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1961 case 'C':
1962 cmpltr = 0;
1963 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1964 {
1965 s += 3;
1966 cmpltr = 2;
1967 }
1968 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1969 {
1970 s += 3;
1971 cmpltr = 1;
1972 }
1973 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1974
1975 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1976 case 'd':
1977 cmpltr = 0;
1978 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1979 {
1980 s += 3;
1981 cmpltr = 1;
1982 }
1983 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1984
1985 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1986 case 'o':
1987 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1988 break;
1989 s += 2;
1990 continue;
1991
1992 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1993 case 'g':
1994 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1995 break;
1996 s += 5;
1997 continue;
1998
1999 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2000 case 'p':
2001 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2002 break;
2003 s += 7;
2004 continue;
2005
2006 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2007 case 'l':
2008 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2009 break;
2010 s += 2;
2011 continue;
2012
2013 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2014 case 'P':
2015 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2016 break;
2017 s += 4;
2018 continue;
2019
2020 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2021 case 'L':
2022 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2023 break;
2024 s += 2;
2025 continue;
2026
2027 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2028 case 'w':
2029 flag = 0;
2030 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2031 {
2032 flag = 1;
2033 s += 2;
2034 }
2035 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2036 {
2037 flag = 0;
2038 s += 2;
2039 }
2040
2041 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2042
2043 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2044 case 'W':
2045 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2046 break;
2047 s += 2;
2048 continue;
2049
2050 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2051 case 'r':
2052 flag = 0;
2053 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2054 {
2055 flag = 5;
2056 s += 2;
2057 }
2058
2059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2060
2061 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2062 case 'Z':
2063 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2064 {
2065 flag = 1;
2066 s += 2;
2067 }
2068 else
2069 flag = 0;
2070
2071 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2072
2073 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2074 case 'i':
2075 flag = 0;
2076 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2077 {
2078 flag = 1;
2079 s += 2;
2080 }
2081
2082 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2083
2084 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2085 case 'z':
2086 flag = 1;
2087 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2088 {
2089 flag = 0;
2090 s += 2;
2091 }
2092
2093 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2094
2095 /* Handle add completer. */
2096 case 'a':
2097 flag = 1;
2098 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2099 {
2100 flag = 2;
2101 s += 2;
2102 }
2103 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2104 {
2105 flag = 3;
2106 s += 4;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2112 case 'Y':
2113 flag = 0;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2115 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2116 {
2117 flag = 1;
2118 s += 7;
2119 }
2120 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2121 {
2122 flag = 0;
2123 s += 3;
2124 }
2125 else
2126 break;
2127
2128 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2129
2130 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2131 case 'y':
2132 flag = 0;
2133 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2134 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2135 {
2136 flag = 1;
2137 s += 6;
2138 }
2139 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2140 {
2141 flag = 0;
2142 s += 2;
2143 }
2144 else
2145 break;
2146
2147 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2148
2149 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2150 case 'v':
2151 flag = 0;
2152 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2153 {
2154 flag = 1;
2155 s += 4;
2156 }
2157
2158 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2159
2160 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2161 case 't':
2162 flag = 0;
2163 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2164 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2165 {
2166 flag = 1;
2167 s += 7;
2168 }
2169 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2170 {
2171 flag = 0;
2172 s += 3;
2173 }
2174 else
2175 break;
2176
2177 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2178
2179 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2180 case 'B':
2181 flag = 0;
2182 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2183 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2184 {
2185 flag = 1;
2186 s += 7;
2187 }
2188 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2189 {
2190 flag = 0;
2191 s += 3;
2192 }
2193 else
2194 break;
2195
2196 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2197
2198 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2199 case 'b':
2200 flag = 0;
2201 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2202 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2203 {
2204 flag = 1;
2205 s += 6;
2206 }
2207 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2208 {
2209 flag = 0;
2210 s += 2;
2211 }
2212 else
2213 break;
2214
2215 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2216
2217 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2218 case 'T':
2219 flag = 0;
2220 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2221 {
2222 flag = 1;
2223 s += 3;
2224 }
2225
2226 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2227
2228 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2229 case 'S':
2230 {
2231 int sign = 1;
2232 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2233 {
2234 sign = 1;
2235 s += 2;
2236 }
2237 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sign = 0;
2240 s += 2;
2241 }
2242
2243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2244 }
2245
2246 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2247 case 'h':
2248 if (*s++ == ',')
2249 {
2250 int lr = 0;
2251 if (*s == 'r')
2252 lr = 2;
2253 else if (*s == 'l')
2254 lr = 0;
2255 else
2256 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2257
2258 s++;
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2260 }
2261 else
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2263 break;
2264
2265 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2266 case 'H':
2267 {
2268 int sat = 3;
2269 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2270 {
2271 sat = 1;
2272 s += 3;
2273 }
2274 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2275 {
2276 sat = 0;
2277 s += 3;
2278 }
2279
2280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2281 }
2282
2283 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2284 case '*':
2285 if (*s++ == ',')
2286 {
2287 int permloc[4];
2288 int perm = 0;
2289 int i = 0;
2290 permloc[0] = 13;
2291 permloc[1] = 10;
2292 permloc[2] = 8;
2293 permloc[3] = 6;
2294 for (; i < 4; i++)
2295 {
2296 switch (*s++)
2297 {
2298 case '0':
2299 perm = 0;
2300 break;
2301 case '1':
2302 perm = 1;
2303 break;
2304 case '2':
2305 perm = 2;
2306 break;
2307 case '3':
2308 perm = 3;
2309 break;
2310 default:
2311 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2312 }
2313 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2314 }
2315 continue;
2316 }
2317 else
2318 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2319 break;
2320
2321 default:
2322 abort ();
2323 }
2324 break;
2325
2326 /* Handle all conditions. */
2327 case '?':
2328 {
2329 args++;
2330 switch (*args)
2331 {
2332 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2333 case 'f':
2334 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2335 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2336
2337 /* Handle an add condition. */
2338 case 'A':
2339 case 'a':
2340 cmpltr = 0;
2341 flag = 0;
2342 if (*s == ',')
2343 {
2344 s++;
2345
2346 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2347 if (*args == 'A')
2348 {
2349 if (*s == '*')
2350 s++;
2351 else
2352 break;
2353 }
2354 else if (*s == '*')
2355 break;
2356 name = s;
2357
2358 name = s;
2359 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2360 s += 1;
2361 c = *s;
2362 *s = 0x00;
2363 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2364 cmpltr = 1;
2365 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2366 cmpltr = 2;
2367 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2368 cmpltr = 3;
2369 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2370 cmpltr = 4;
2371 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2372 cmpltr = 5;
2373 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2374 cmpltr = 6;
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2376 cmpltr = 7;
2377 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2378 {
2379 cmpltr = 0;
2380 flag = 1;
2381 }
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2383 {
2384 cmpltr = 1;
2385 flag = 1;
2386 }
2387 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2388 {
2389 cmpltr = 2;
2390 flag = 1;
2391 }
2392 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 3;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 4;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 5;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 6;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 7;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2418 else if (*args == 'a')
2419 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2420 *s = c;
2421 }
2422 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2424
2425 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2426 case 'd':
2427 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2428 if (cmpltr < 0)
2429 {
2430 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2431 cmpltr = 0;
2432 }
2433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2434
2435 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2436 case 'W':
2437 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2438 if (cmpltr < 0)
2439 {
2440 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2441 cmpltr = 0;
2442 }
2443 else
2444 {
2445 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2446 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2451 condition. */
2452 case '@':
2453 save_s = s;
2454 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2455 if (cmpltr < 0)
2456 {
2457 s = save_s;
2458 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2459 if (cmpltr < 0)
2460 {
2461 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2462 cmpltr = 0;
2463 }
2464 else
2465 {
2466 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2467 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2468 }
2469 }
2470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2471
2472 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2473 case 'B':
2474 case 'b':
2475 cmpltr = 0;
2476 if (*s == ',')
2477 {
2478 s++;
2479
2480 if (*args == 'B')
2481 {
2482 if (*s == '*')
2483 s++;
2484 else
2485 break;
2486 }
2487 else if (*s == '*')
2488 break;
2489
2490 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2491 {
2492 cmpltr = 0;
2493 s++;
2494 }
2495 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2496 {
2497 cmpltr = 1;
2498 s += 2;
2499 }
2500 else
2501 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2502 }
2503 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2504
2505 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2506 case 'S':
2507 case 's':
2508 cmpltr = 0;
2509 flag = 0;
2510 if (*s == ',')
2511 {
2512 s++;
2513
2514 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2515 if (*args == 'S')
2516 {
2517 if (*s == '*')
2518 s++;
2519 else
2520 break;
2521 }
2522 else if (*s == '*')
2523 break;
2524 name = s;
2525
2526 name = s;
2527 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2528 s += 1;
2529 c = *s;
2530 *s = 0x00;
2531 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2532 cmpltr = 1;
2533 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2534 cmpltr = 2;
2535 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2536 cmpltr = 3;
2537 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2538 cmpltr = 4;
2539 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 5;
2541 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2542 cmpltr = 6;
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2544 cmpltr = 7;
2545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2546 {
2547 cmpltr = 0;
2548 flag = 1;
2549 }
2550 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2551 {
2552 cmpltr = 1;
2553 flag = 1;
2554 }
2555 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2556 {
2557 cmpltr = 2;
2558 flag = 1;
2559 }
2560 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2561 {
2562 cmpltr = 3;
2563 flag = 1;
2564 }
2565 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2566 {
2567 cmpltr = 4;
2568 flag = 1;
2569 }
2570 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2571 {
2572 cmpltr = 5;
2573 flag = 1;
2574 }
2575 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2576 {
2577 cmpltr = 6;
2578 flag = 1;
2579 }
2580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2581 {
2582 cmpltr = 7;
2583 flag = 1;
2584 }
2585 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2586 else if (*args != 'S')
2587 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2588 name);
2589 *s = c;
2590 }
2591 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2593
2594 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2595 case 't':
2596 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2597 if (cmpltr < 0)
2598 {
2599 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2600 cmpltr = 0;
2601 }
2602 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2603
2604 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2605 case 'n':
2606 save_s = s;
2607 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2608 if (cmpltr < 0)
2609 {
2610 s = save_s;
2611 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2612 if (cmpltr < 0)
2613 {
2614 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2615 cmpltr = 0;
2616 }
2617 else
2618 {
2619 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2620 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2621 }
2622 }
2623
2624 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2625
2626 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2627 case 'N':
2628 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2629 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2630 {
2631 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2632 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2633 }
2634 else
2635 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2636 break;
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2641 case 'Q':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr < 0)
2644 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2645 break;
2646
2647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2648
2649 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2650 case 'L':
2651 case 'l':
2652 cmpltr = 0;
2653 flag = 0;
2654 if (*s == ',')
2655 {
2656 s++;
2657
2658 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2659 if (*args == 'L')
2660 {
2661 if (*s == '*')
2662 s++;
2663 else
2664 break;
2665 }
2666 else if (*s == '*')
2667 break;
2668
2669 name = s;
2670 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2671 s += 1;
2672 c = *s;
2673 *s = 0x00;
2674
2675 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2676 cmpltr = 1;
2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2678 cmpltr = 2;
2679 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2680 cmpltr = 3;
2681 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2682 cmpltr = 7;
2683 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2684 {
2685 cmpltr = 0;
2686 flag = 1;
2687 }
2688 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2689 {
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 flag = 1;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 2;
2696 flag = 1;
2697 }
2698 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2699 {
2700 cmpltr = 3;
2701 flag = 1;
2702 }
2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 7;
2706 flag = 1;
2707 }
2708 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2709 else if (*args != 'L')
2710 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2711 *s = c;
2712 }
2713 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2714 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2715
2716 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2717 case 'X':
2718 case 'x':
2719 case 'y':
2720 cmpltr = 0;
2721 if (*s == ',')
2722 {
2723 save_s = s++;
2724
2725 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2726 if (*args == 'X')
2727 {
2728 if (*s == '*')
2729 s++;
2730 else
2731 break;
2732 }
2733 else if (*s == '*')
2734 break;
2735
2736 name = s;
2737 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2738 s += 1;
2739 c = *s;
2740 *s = 0x00;
2741 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2742 cmpltr = 1;
2743 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2744 cmpltr = 2;
2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2746 cmpltr = 3;
2747 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2748 cmpltr = 4;
2749 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 5;
2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2752 cmpltr = 6;
2753 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2754 cmpltr = 7;
2755 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2756 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2757 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2758 {
2759 *s = c;
2760 s = save_s;
2761 continue;
2762 }
2763 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2764 else if (*args != 'X')
2765 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2766 *s = c;
2767 }
2768 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2769
2770 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2771 case 'U':
2772 case 'u':
2773 cmpltr = 0;
2774 flag = 0;
2775 if (*s == ',')
2776 {
2777 s++;
2778
2779 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2780 if (*args == 'U')
2781 {
2782 if (*s == '*')
2783 s++;
2784 else
2785 break;
2786 }
2787 else if (*s == '*')
2788 break;
2789
2790 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 2;
2793 s += 3;
2794 }
2795 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2796 {
2797 cmpltr = 3;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 4;
2803 s += 3;
2804 }
2805 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2806 {
2807 cmpltr = 6;
2808 s += 3;
2809 }
2810 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 7;
2813 s += 3;
2814 }
2815 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2816 {
2817 cmpltr = 0;
2818 flag = 1;
2819 s += 2;
2820 }
2821 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2822 {
2823 cmpltr = 2;
2824 flag = 1;
2825 s += 3;
2826 }
2827 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2828 {
2829 cmpltr = 3;
2830 flag = 1;
2831 s += 3;
2832 }
2833 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2834 {
2835 cmpltr = 4;
2836 flag = 1;
2837 s += 3;
2838 }
2839 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2840 {
2841 cmpltr = 6;
2842 flag = 1;
2843 s += 3;
2844 }
2845 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2846 {
2847 cmpltr = 7;
2848 flag = 1;
2849 s += 3;
2850 }
2851 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2852 {
2853 cmpltr = 1;
2854 flag = 0;
2855 s += 3;
2856 }
2857 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2858 {
2859 cmpltr = 5;
2860 flag = 0;
2861 s += 3;
2862 }
2863 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2864 {
2865 cmpltr = 1;
2866 flag = 1;
2867 s += 3;
2868 }
2869 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2870 {
2871 cmpltr = 5;
2872 flag = 1;
2873 s += 3;
2874 }
2875 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2876 else if (*args != 'U')
2877 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2878 }
2879 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2880 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2881
2882 default:
2883 abort ();
2884 }
2885 break;
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2889 case 'n':
2890 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2892
2893 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2894 case 'N':
2895 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2897
2898 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2899 case 'L':
2900 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2901 s += 4;
2902 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2903 s += 4;
2904 else
2905 break;
2906 continue;
2907
2908 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2909 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2910 case 'h':
2911 get_expression (s);
2912 s = expr_end;
2913 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2914 {
2915 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2916 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2917 num++;
2918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2919 }
2920 else
2921 break;
2922
2923 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2924 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2925 case 'm':
2926 get_expression (s);
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 s = expr_end;
2930 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2931 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2932 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2933 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2934 }
2935 else
2936 break;
2937
2938 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2939 case '=':
2940 {
2941 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2943 }
2944
2945 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2946 case 'i':
2947 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2948 get_expression (s);
2949 s = expr_end;
2950 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2951 {
2952 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2953 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2954 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2955 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2956 }
2957 else
2958 {
2959 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2960 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2961 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2962 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2963 else
2964 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2965 the_insn.format = 11;
2966 continue;
2967 }
2968
2969 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2970 case 'J':
2971 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2972 get_expression (s);
2973 s = expr_end;
2974 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2975 {
2976 int mb;
2977
2978 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2979 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2980 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2981 good to rethink this. */
2982 mb = opcode & 1;
2983 opcode -= mb;
2984 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2985 if (mb != (num < 0))
2986 break;
2987 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2988 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2990 }
2991 break;
2992
2993 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2994 case 'K':
2995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2996 get_expression (s);
2997 s = expr_end;
2998 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2999 {
3000 int mb;
3001
3002 mb = opcode & 1;
3003 opcode -= mb;
3004 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3005 if (mb == (num < 0))
3006 break;
3007 if (num % 4)
3008 break;
3009 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3010 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3011 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3012 }
3013 break;
3014
3015 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3016 case '<':
3017 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3018 get_expression (s);
3019 s = expr_end;
3020 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3021 {
3022 int mb;
3023
3024 mb = opcode & 1;
3025 opcode -= mb;
3026 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3027 if (mb != (num < 0))
3028 break;
3029 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3030 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3031 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3032 }
3033 break;
3034
3035 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3036 case '>':
3037 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3038 get_expression (s);
3039 s = expr_end;
3040 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3041 {
3042 int mb;
3043
3044 mb = opcode & 1;
3045 opcode -= mb;
3046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3047 if (mb == (num < 0))
3048 break;
3049 if (num % 4)
3050 break;
3051 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3052 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3053 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3054 }
3055 break;
3056
3057 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3058 case '#':
3059 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3060 get_expression (s);
3061 s = expr_end;
3062 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3063 {
3064 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3065 if (num & 0x7)
3066 break;
3067 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3068 if (num < 0)
3069 opcode |= 1;
3070 num &= 0x1fff;
3071 num >>= 3;
3072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3073 }
3074 else
3075 {
3076 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3077 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3078 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3079 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3080 else
3081 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3082 the_insn.format = 14;
3083 continue;
3084 }
3085 break;
3086
3087 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3088 case 'd':
3089 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3090 get_expression (s);
3091 s = expr_end;
3092 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3093 {
3094 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3095 if (num & 0x3)
3096 break;
3097 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3098 if (num < 0)
3099 opcode |= 1;
3100 num &= 0x1fff;
3101 num >>= 2;
3102 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3103 }
3104 else
3105 {
3106 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3107 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3108 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3109 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3110 else
3111 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3112 the_insn.format = 14;
3113 continue;
3114 }
3115
3116 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3117 case 'j':
3118 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3119 get_expression (s);
3120 s = expr_end;
3121 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3122 {
3123 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3124 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3125 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3126 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3127 }
3128 else
3129 {
3130 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3132 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3134 else
3135 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3136 the_insn.format = 14;
3137 continue;
3138 }
3139
3140 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3141 case 'k':
3142 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3143 get_expression (s);
3144 s = expr_end;
3145 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3146 {
3147 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3148 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3149 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3150 continue;
3151 }
3152 else
3153 {
3154 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3156 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3158 else
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3160 the_insn.format = 21;
3161 continue;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3165 case 'l':
3166 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3167 get_expression (s);
3168 s = expr_end;
3169 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3170 {
3171 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3173 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176 else
3177 {
3178 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3179 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3180 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3181 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3182 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3183 else
3184 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3185 the_insn.format = 14;
3186 continue;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3190 case 'y':
3191 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3192 get_expression (s);
3193 s = expr_end;
3194 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3195 {
3196 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3197 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3198 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3199 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3200 continue;
3201 }
3202 else
3203 {
3204 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3205 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3206 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3207 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3208 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3209 else
3210 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3211 the_insn.format = 14;
3212 continue;
3213 }
3214
3215 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3216 case '&':
3217 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3218 get_expression (s);
3219 s = expr_end;
3220 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3221 {
3222 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3223 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3224 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3225 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3226 continue;
3227 }
3228 else
3229 {
3230 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3231 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3233 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3234 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3235 else
3236 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3237 the_insn.format = 14;
3238 continue;
3239 }
3240
3241 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3242 case 'w':
3243 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3244 get_expression (s);
3245 s = expr_end;
3246 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3247 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3248 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3249 "L$0\001"))
3250 {
3251 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3252 if (num % 4)
3253 {
3254 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3255 break;
3256 }
3257 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3258 num -= 8;
3259 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3260 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3261 continue;
3262 }
3263 else
3264 {
3265 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3266 the_insn.format = 12;
3267 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3268 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3269 s = expr_end;
3270 continue;
3271 }
3272
3273 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3274 case 'W':
3275 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3276 get_expression (s);
3277 s = expr_end;
3278 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3279 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3280 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3281 "L$0\001"))
3282 {
3283 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3284 if (num % 4)
3285 {
3286 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3287 break;
3288 }
3289 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3290 num -= 8;
3291 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3292 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 {
3297 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3298 the_insn.format = 17;
3299 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3300 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3305 case 'X':
3306 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3307 get_expression (s);
3308 s = expr_end;
3309 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3310 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3311 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3312 "L$0\001"))
3313 {
3314 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3315 if (num % 4)
3316 {
3317 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3318 break;
3319 }
3320 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3321 num -= 8;
3322 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3323 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3324 }
3325 else
3326 {
3327 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3328 the_insn.format = 22;
3329 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3330 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3331 continue;
3332 }
3333
3334 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3335 case 'z':
3336 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3337 get_expression (s);
3338 s = expr_end;
3339 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3340 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3341 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3342 "L$0\001"))
3343 {
3344 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3345 if (num % 4)
3346 {
3347 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3348 break;
3349 }
3350 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3351 num -= 8;
3352 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3353 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3354 continue;
3355 }
3356 else
3357 {
3358 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3359 the_insn.format = 17;
3360 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3361 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3362 continue;
3363 }
3364
3365 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3366 case 'Z':
3367 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3368 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3369 {
3370 s += 4;
3371 continue;
3372 }
3373 else
3374 break;
3375
3376 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3377 case 'Y':
3378 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3379 break;
3380 s += 9;
3381 continue;
3382
3383 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3384 case '@':
3385 if (*s != '0')
3386 break;
3387 s++;
3388 continue;
3389
3390 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3391 case '.':
3392 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3393 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3394 break;
3395 s = expr_end;
3396 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3397 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3398
3399 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3400 case '*':
3401 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3402 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3403 break;
3404 s = expr_end;
3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3406 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3407
3408 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3409 case 'p':
3410 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3411 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3412 break;
3413 s = expr_end;
3414 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3415 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3416
3417 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3418 case '~':
3419 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3420 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3421 break;
3422 s = expr_end;
3423 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3424 num = 63 - num;
3425 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3427
3428 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3429 case '%':
3430 flag = 0;
3431 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3432 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3433 break;
3434 s = expr_end;
3435 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3436 num--;
3437 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3438 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3439 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3440
3441 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3442 case '|':
3443 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3444 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3445 break;
3446 s = expr_end;
3447 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3448 num--;
3449 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3450 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3451 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3452
3453 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3454 case 'P':
3455 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3456 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3457 break;
3458 s = expr_end;
3459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3461
3462 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3463 case 'q':
3464 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3465 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3466 break;
3467 s = expr_end;
3468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3469 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3471
3472 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3473 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3474 case 'B':
3475 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3476 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3477 break;
3478 s = expr_end;
3479 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3480 if (num & 0x20)
3481 ;
3482 else
3483 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3484 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3485
3486 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3487 case 'Q':
3488 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3489 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3490 break;
3491 s = expr_end;
3492 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3493 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3494
3495 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3496 case '$':
3497 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3498 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3499 break;
3500 s = expr_end;
3501 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3502 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3503
3504 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3505 case 'A':
3506 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3507 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3508 break;
3509 s = expr_end;
3510 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3511 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3512
3513 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3514 case 'D':
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
3518 s = expr_end;
3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3521
3522 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3523 case 'v':
3524 if (*s++ != ',')
3525 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3526 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3527 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3528 break;
3529 s = expr_end;
3530 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3532
3533 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3534 case 'O':
3535 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3536 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3537 break;
3538 s = expr_end;
3539 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3540 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3542
3543 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3544 case 'o':
3545 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3546 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3547 break;
3548 s = expr_end;
3549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3551
3552 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3553 case '0':
3554 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3555 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3556 break;
3557 s = expr_end;
3558 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3559 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3560 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3561
3562 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3563 case '1':
3564 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3565 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3566 break;
3567 s = expr_end;
3568 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3569 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3570 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3571
3572 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3573 case 'u':
3574 if (*s++ != ',')
3575 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3576 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3577 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3578 break;
3579 s = expr_end;
3580 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3582
3583 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3584 case '2':
3585 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3586 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3587 break;
3588 s = expr_end;
3589 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3590 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3591 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3592
3593 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3594 case '{':
3595 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3596 {
3597 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3598 s += 2;
3599 }
3600 else
3601 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3602 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3603 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3604 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3605 flag = SGL;
3606 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3607 flag = DBL;
3608 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3609 flag = QUAD;
3610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3611
3612 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3613 case '_':
3614 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3615 s--;
3616 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3617 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3618 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3619 flag = SGL;
3620 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3621 flag = DBL;
3622 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3623 flag = QUAD;
3624 opcode |= flag << 13;
3625 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3626 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3627 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3628 {
3629 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3630 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3631 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3632 flag = 0;
3633 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3634 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3636 flag = 2;
3637 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3638 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3640 flag = 6;
3641 else
3642 abort ();
3643 }
3644 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3645 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3646 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3647 {
3648 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3649 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3651 flag = 1;
3652 else
3653 abort ();
3654 }
3655 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3656 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3657 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3658 {
3659 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3660 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3661 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3662 flag = 5;
3663 else
3664 abort ();
3665 }
3666 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3667 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3668
3669 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3670 case 'F':
3671 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3672 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3673 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3674
3675 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3676 case 'G':
3677 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3678 s--;
3679 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3680 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3681 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3682
3683 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3684 case 'I':
3685 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3686 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3687 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3688
3689 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3690 Only allows single and double precision. */
3691 case 'H':
3692 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3693 switch (flag)
3694 {
3695 case SGL:
3696 opcode |= 0x20;
3697 case DBL:
3698 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3699 continue;
3700
3701 case QUAD:
3702 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3703 default:
3704 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3705 }
3706 break;
3707
3708 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3709 case 'f':
3710 switch (*++args)
3711 {
3712 /* Float target register. */
3713 case 't':
3714 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3715 break;
3716 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3717 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3718 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3719
3720 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3721 case 'T':
3722 {
3723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3724 break;
3725 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3727 opcode |= num;
3728
3729 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3730 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3731 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3732 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3733 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3734 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3735
3736 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3737 continue;
3738 }
3739
3740 /* Float operand 1. */
3741 case 'a':
3742 {
3743 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3744 break;
3745 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3746 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3747 opcode |= num << 21;
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3749 {
3750 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3751 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3752 }
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3757 case 'X':
3758 case 'A':
3759 {
3760 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3761 break;
3762 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3764 opcode |= num << 21;
3765 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Float operand 2. */
3770 case 'b':
3771 {
3772 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3773 break;
3774 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3776 opcode |= num << 16;
3777 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3778 {
3779 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3780 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3781 }
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3786 case 'B':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3794 continue;
3795 }
3796
3797 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3798 case 'C':
3799 {
3800 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3801 break;
3802 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3804 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3805 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3806 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3807 continue;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3811 case 'i':
3812 {
3813 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3814 break;
3815 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3816 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3817 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3818 {
3819 if (num < 16)
3820 {
3821 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3822 break;
3823 }
3824 num &= 0xF;
3825 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3826 }
3827 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3828 }
3829
3830 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3831 case 'j':
3832 {
3833 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3834 break;
3835 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3836 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3837 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3838 {
3839 if (num < 16)
3840 {
3841 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3842 break;
3843 }
3844 num &= 0xF;
3845 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3846 }
3847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3848 }
3849
3850 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3851 case 'k':
3852 {
3853 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3854 break;
3855 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3856 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3857 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3858 {
3859 if (num < 16)
3860 {
3861 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3862 break;
3863 }
3864 num &= 0xF;
3865 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3866 }
3867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3871 case 'l':
3872 {
3873 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3874 break;
3875 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3876 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3877 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3878 {
3879 if (num < 16)
3880 {
3881 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3882 break;
3883 }
3884 num &= 0xF;
3885 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3886 }
3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3891 case 'm':
3892 {
3893 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3894 break;
3895 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3896 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3897 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3898 {
3899 if (num < 16)
3900 {
3901 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3902 break;
3903 }
3904 num &= 0xF;
3905 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3906 }
3907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3908 }
3909
3910 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3911 case 'E':
3912 case 'e':
3913 {
3914 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3915 break;
3916 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3917 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3918 opcode |= num << 16;
3919 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3920 {
3921 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3922 }
3923 continue;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3927 case 'x':
3928 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3929 break;
3930 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3931 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3933
3934 default:
3935 abort ();
3936 }
3937 break;
3938
3939 default:
3940 abort ();
3941 }
3942 break;
3943 }
3944
3945 failed:
3946 /* Check if the args matched. */
3947 if (match == FALSE)
3948 {
3949 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3950 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3951 {
3952 ++insn;
3953 s = argstart;
3954 continue;
3955 }
3956 else
3957 {
3958 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3959 return;
3960 }
3961 }
3962 break;
3963 }
3964
3965 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3966 }
3967
3968 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3969 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3970 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3971
3972 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3973
3974 char *
3975 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3976 char type;
3977 char *litP;
3978 int *sizeP;
3979 {
3980 int prec;
3981 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3982 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3983 char *t;
3984
3985 switch (type)
3986 {
3987
3988 case 'f':
3989 case 'F':
3990 case 's':
3991 case 'S':
3992 prec = 2;
3993 break;
3994
3995 case 'd':
3996 case 'D':
3997 case 'r':
3998 case 'R':
3999 prec = 4;
4000 break;
4001
4002 case 'x':
4003 case 'X':
4004 prec = 6;
4005 break;
4006
4007 case 'p':
4008 case 'P':
4009 prec = 6;
4010 break;
4011
4012 default:
4013 *sizeP = 0;
4014 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4015 }
4016 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4017 if (t)
4018 input_line_pointer = t;
4019 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4020 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4021 {
4022 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4023 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4024 }
4025 return NULL;
4026 }
4027
4028 /* Write out big-endian. */
4029
4030 void
4031 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4032 char *buf;
4033 valueT val;
4034 int n;
4035 {
4036 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4037 }
4038
4039 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4040 format. */
4041
4042 arelent **
4043 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4044 asection *section;
4045 fixS *fixp;
4046 {
4047 arelent *reloc;
4048 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4049 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4050 arelent **relocs;
4051 reloc_type **codes;
4052 reloc_type code;
4053 int n_relocs;
4054 int i;
4055
4056 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4057 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4058 return &no_relocs;
4059
4060 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4061 assert (section != 0);
4062
4063 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4064
4065 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4066 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4067 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4068 fixp->fx_r_type,
4069 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4070 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4071 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4072 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4073
4074 if (codes == NULL)
4075 {
4076 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4077 abort ();
4078 }
4079
4080 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4081 ;
4082
4083 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4084 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4085 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4086 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4087
4088 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4089
4090 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4091 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4092 {
4093 default:
4094 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4095
4096 code = *codes[0];
4097
4098 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4099 switch (code)
4100 {
4101 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4102 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4103 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4104 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4105 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4106 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4107 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4108 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4109 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4110 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4111
4112 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4113 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4114 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4115 reloc->addend = 0;
4116 break;
4117
4118 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4119 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4120 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4121 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4122 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4123 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4124 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4125 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4126 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4127 fixp->fx_offset);
4128 break;
4129 #endif
4130
4131 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4132 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4133 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4134 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4135 /* Fall thru */
4136
4137 default:
4138 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4139 break;
4140 }
4141
4142 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4143 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4144 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4145 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4146 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4147
4148 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4149 break;
4150 }
4151 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4152
4153 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4154 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4155 {
4156 code = *codes[i];
4157
4158 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4159 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4160 relocs[i]->howto =
4161 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4162 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4163 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4164
4165 switch (code)
4166 {
4167 case R_COMP2:
4168 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4169 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4170 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4171 assert (i == 1);
4172 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4173 relocs[0]->howto =
4174 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4175 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4176 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4177 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4178 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4179 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4180 relocs[1]->howto =
4181 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4182 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4183 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4184 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4185 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4187 relocs[2]->howto =
4188 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4190 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4192 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4193 relocs[3]->howto =
4194 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4195 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4196 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4197 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4198 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4199 relocs[4]->howto =
4200 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4201 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4202 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4203 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4204 goto done;
4205 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4206 case R_ABS_CALL:
4207 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4208 break;
4209
4210 case R_DLT_REL:
4211 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4212 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4213 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4214 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4215 (static link required).
4216
4217 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4218
4219 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4220 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4221 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4222 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4223 break;
4224
4225 case R_N_MODE:
4226 case R_S_MODE:
4227 case R_D_MODE:
4228 case R_R_MODE:
4229 case R_FSEL:
4230 case R_LSEL:
4231 case R_RSEL:
4232 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4233 case R_END_BRTAB:
4234 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4235 case R_N0SEL:
4236 case R_N1SEL:
4237 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4238 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4239 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4240 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4241 break;
4242
4243 case R_END_TRY:
4244 case R_ENTRY:
4245 case R_EXIT:
4246 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4247 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4248 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4249 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4250 break;
4251
4252 default:
4253 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4254 }
4255 }
4256
4257 done:
4258 #endif
4259
4260 return relocs;
4261 }
4262
4263 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4264
4265 void
4266 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4267 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4268 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4269 register fragS *fragP;
4270 {
4271 unsigned int address;
4272
4273 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4274 {
4275 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4276 {
4277 case 0:
4278 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4279 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4280 know (fragP->fr_next);
4281 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4282 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4283 {
4284 fragP->fr_offset =
4285 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4286 - fragP->fr_address
4287 - fragP->fr_fix;
4288 }
4289 else
4290 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 }
4294 }
4295
4296 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4297
4298 valueT
4299 md_section_align (segment, size)
4300 asection *segment;
4301 valueT size;
4302 {
4303 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4304 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4305
4306 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4307 }
4308
4309 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4310 int
4311 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4312 register fragS *fragP;
4313 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4314 {
4315 int size;
4316
4317 size = 0;
4318
4319 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4320 size++;
4321
4322 return size;
4323 }
4324 \f
4325 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4326 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4327 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4328 # else
4329 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4330 # endif
4331 #else
4332 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4333 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4334 # else
4335 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4336 # endif
4337 #endif
4338
4339 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4340 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4341 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4342 #endif
4343 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4344 };
4345 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4346
4347 int
4348 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4349 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4350 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4351 {
4352 switch (c)
4353 {
4354 default:
4355 return 0;
4356
4357 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4358 case 'V':
4359 print_version_id ();
4360 break;
4361 #endif
4362 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4363 case 'c':
4364 warn_comment = 1;
4365 break;
4366 #endif
4367 }
4368
4369 return 1;
4370 }
4371
4372 void
4373 md_show_usage (stream)
4374 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4375 {
4376 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4377 fprintf (stream, _("\
4378 -Q ignored\n"));
4379 #endif
4380 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4381 fprintf (stream, _("\
4382 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4383 #endif
4384 }
4385 \f
4386 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4387
4388 symbolS *
4389 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4390 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4391 {
4392 return 0;
4393 }
4394
4395 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4396 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4397 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4398 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4399 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4400 #else
4401 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4402 #endif
4403
4404 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4405
4406 void
4407 md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4408 fixS *fixP;
4409 valueT *valp;
4410 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4411 {
4412 unsigned char *buf;
4413 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4414 offsetT new_val;
4415 int insn, val, fmt;
4416
4417 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4418 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4419
4420 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4421 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4422 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4423 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4424 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4425 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4426 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4427 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4428 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4429 return;
4430
4431 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4432 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4433 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4434 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4435 {
4436 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4437 return;
4438 }
4439 #endif
4440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4441 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4442 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4443 return;
4444 #endif
4445
4446 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4447 with the GAS fixup. */
4448 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4449 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4450 {
4451 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4452 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4453 fixP->fx_r_type);
4454 return;
4455 }
4456
4457 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4458 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4459 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4460
4461 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4462 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4463 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4464 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4465 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4466 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4467 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4468 && fmt != 32
4469 #endif
4470 )
4471 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4472 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4473 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4474 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4475 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4476 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4477 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4478 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4479 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4480 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4481 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4482 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4483 else if (fmt == 32
4484 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4485 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4486 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4487 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4488 #endif
4489 else
4490 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4491
4492 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4493 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4494 && fixP->fx_addsy
4495 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4496 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4497 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4498 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4499 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4500 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4501 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4502 #endif
4503 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4504 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4505 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4506 #endif
4507 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4508 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4509 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4510 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4511 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4512 {
4513 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4514 }
4515
4516 switch (fmt)
4517 {
4518 case 10:
4519 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4520 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4521 val = new_val;
4522
4523 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4524 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4525 break;
4526 case -11:
4527 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4528 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4529 val = new_val;
4530
4531 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4532 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4533 break;
4534 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4535 case 14:
4536 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4537 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4538 val = new_val;
4539
4540 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4541 break;
4542
4543 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4544 case 21:
4545 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4546 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4547 val = new_val;
4548
4549 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4550 break;
4551
4552 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4553 case 11:
4554 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4555 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4556 val = new_val;
4557
4558 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4559 break;
4560
4561 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4562 case 12:
4563 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4564 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4565 val = new_val - 8;
4566
4567 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4568 break;
4569
4570 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4571 case 17:
4572 {
4573 offsetT distance = * valP;
4574
4575 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4576 range target, then we want to complain. */
4577 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4578 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4579 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4580 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4581
4582 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4583 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4584 val = new_val - 8;
4585
4586 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4587 break;
4588 }
4589
4590 case 22:
4591 {
4592 offsetT distance = * valP;
4593
4594 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4595 range target, then we want to complain. */
4596 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4597 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4598 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4599 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4600
4601 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4602 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4603 val = new_val - 8;
4604
4605 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4606 break;
4607 }
4608
4609 case -10:
4610 val = new_val;
4611 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4612 break;
4613
4614 case -16:
4615 val = new_val;
4616 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4617 break;
4618
4619 case 16:
4620 val = new_val;
4621 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4622 break;
4623
4624 case 32:
4625 insn = new_val;
4626 break;
4627
4628 default:
4629 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4630 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4631 return;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* Insert the relocation. */
4635 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4636 }
4637
4638 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4639 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4640
4641 long
4642 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4643 fixS *fixP;
4644 {
4645 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4646 }
4647
4648 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4649 a statement. */
4650
4651 static int
4652 is_end_of_statement ()
4653 {
4654 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4655 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4656 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4657 }
4658
4659 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4660 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4661 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4662
4663 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4664 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4665 returned in `pa_number'.
4666
4667 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4668 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4669 not set.
4670
4671 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4672 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4673
4674 static int
4675 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4676 char **s;
4677 int is_float;
4678 {
4679 int num;
4680 char *name;
4681 char c;
4682 symbolS *sym;
4683 int status;
4684 char *p = *s;
4685 boolean have_prefix;
4686
4687 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4688 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4689 p = p + 1;
4690
4691 pa_number = -1;
4692 have_prefix = 0;
4693 num = 0;
4694 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4695 {
4696 /* Looks like a number. */
4697
4698 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4699 {
4700 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4701 p += 2;
4702 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4703 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4704 {
4705 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4706 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4707 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4708 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4709 else
4710 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4711 ++p;
4712 }
4713 }
4714 else
4715 {
4716 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4717 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4718 {
4719 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4720 ++p;
4721 }
4722 }
4723
4724 pa_number = num;
4725
4726 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4727 if (is_float)
4728 {
4729 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4730 if (! (is_float & 2))
4731 {
4732 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4733 {
4734 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4735 ++p;
4736 }
4737 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4738 {
4739 ++p;
4740 }
4741 }
4742 }
4743 }
4744 else if (*p == '%')
4745 {
4746 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4747 have_prefix = 1;
4748 name = p;
4749 p++;
4750 c = *p;
4751 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4752 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4753 slow. */
4754 if (c == 'r')
4755 {
4756 p++;
4757 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4758 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4759 {
4760 p += 2;
4761 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4762 p++;
4763 }
4764 else if (*p == 'p')
4765 {
4766 num = 2;
4767 p++;
4768 }
4769 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4770 {
4771 if (print_errors)
4772 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4773 num = -1;
4774 }
4775 else
4776 {
4777 do
4778 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4779 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4780 }
4781 }
4782 else
4783 {
4784 /* Do a normal register search. */
4785 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4786 {
4787 p = p + 1;
4788 c = *p;
4789 }
4790 *p = 0;
4791 status = reg_name_search (name);
4792 if (status >= 0)
4793 num = status;
4794 else
4795 {
4796 if (print_errors)
4797 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4798 num = -1;
4799 }
4800 *p = c;
4801 }
4802
4803 pa_number = num;
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4808 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4809 name = p;
4810 c = *p;
4811 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4812 {
4813 p = p + 1;
4814 c = *p;
4815 }
4816 *p = 0;
4817 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4818 {
4819 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4820 {
4821 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4822 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4823 register, so... */
4824 have_prefix = true;
4825 }
4826 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4827 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4828 else if (!strict)
4829 {
4830 if (print_errors)
4831 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4832 num = -1;
4833 }
4834 }
4835 else if (!strict)
4836 {
4837 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4838 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4839 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4840 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4841 if (*name == 0)
4842 num = 0;
4843 else
4844 {
4845 if (print_errors)
4846 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4847 num = -1;
4848 }
4849 }
4850 *p = c;
4851
4852 pa_number = num;
4853 }
4854
4855 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4856 {
4857 *s = p;
4858 return 1;
4859 }
4860 return 0;
4861 }
4862
4863 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4864
4865 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4866 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4867
4868 static int
4869 reg_name_search (name)
4870 char *name;
4871 {
4872 int middle, low, high;
4873 int cmp;
4874
4875 low = 0;
4876 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4877
4878 do
4879 {
4880 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4881 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4882 if (cmp < 0)
4883 high = middle - 1;
4884 else if (cmp > 0)
4885 low = middle + 1;
4886 else
4887 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4888 }
4889 while (low <= high);
4890
4891 return -1;
4892 }
4893
4894 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4895 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4896
4897 static int
4898 need_pa11_opcode ()
4899 {
4900 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4901 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4902 {
4903 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4904 then set a new architecture. */
4905 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4906 {
4907 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4908 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4909 }
4910 return TRUE;
4911 }
4912 else
4913 return FALSE;
4914 }
4915
4916 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4917 code associated with the condition. */
4918
4919 static int
4920 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4921 char **s;
4922 {
4923 int cond, i;
4924
4925 cond = 0;
4926
4927 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4928 {
4929 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4930 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4931 {
4932 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4933 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4934 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4935 report an error. */
4936 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4937 {
4938 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4939 break;
4940 }
4941 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4942 *s = *s + 1;
4943 return cond;
4944 }
4945 }
4946
4947 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4948
4949 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4950 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4951 *s += 1;
4952
4953 return 0;
4954 }
4955
4956 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4957
4958 static int
4959 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4960 char **s;
4961 {
4962 int value;
4963
4964 value = 0;
4965 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4966 {
4967 value = 5;
4968 *s += 4;
4969 }
4970 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4971 {
4972 value = 9;
4973 *s += 4;
4974 }
4975 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4976 {
4977 value = 13;
4978 *s += 4;
4979 }
4980 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4981 {
4982 value = 17;
4983 *s += 4;
4984 }
4985 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4986 {
4987 value = 1;
4988 *s += 3;
4989 }
4990 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4991 {
4992 value = 6;
4993 *s += 4;
4994 }
4995 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4996 {
4997 value = 2;
4998 *s += 3;
4999 }
5000 else
5001 {
5002 value = 0;
5003 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5004 }
5005
5006 return value;
5007 }
5008
5009 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5010 type. */
5011
5012 static fp_operand_format
5013 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5014 char **s;
5015 {
5016 int format;
5017
5018 format = SGL;
5019 if (**s == ',')
5020 {
5021 *s += 1;
5022 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5023 {
5024 format = SGL;
5025 *s += 4;
5026 }
5027 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5028 {
5029 format = DBL;
5030 *s += 4;
5031 }
5032 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5033 {
5034 format = QUAD;
5035 *s += 5;
5036 }
5037 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5038 {
5039 format = W;
5040 *s += 2;
5041 }
5042 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5043 {
5044 format = UW;
5045 *s += 3;
5046 }
5047 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5048 {
5049 format = DW;
5050 *s += 3;
5051 }
5052 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5053 {
5054 format = UDW;
5055 *s += 4;
5056 }
5057 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = QW;
5060 *s += 3;
5061 }
5062 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5063 {
5064 format = UQW;
5065 *s += 4;
5066 }
5067 else
5068 {
5069 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5070 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5071 }
5072 }
5073
5074 return format;
5075 }
5076
5077 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5078 type. */
5079
5080 static fp_operand_format
5081 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5082 char **s;
5083 {
5084 int format;
5085
5086 format = SGL;
5087 if (**s == ',')
5088 {
5089 *s += 1;
5090 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5091 {
5092 format = SGL;
5093 *s += 4;
5094 }
5095 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5096 {
5097 format = DBL;
5098 *s += 4;
5099 }
5100 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5101 {
5102 format = QUAD;
5103 *s += 5;
5104 }
5105 else
5106 {
5107 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5108 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5109 }
5110 }
5111
5112 return format;
5113 }
5114
5115 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5116
5117 static int
5118 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5119 char **str;
5120 {
5121 int middle, low, high;
5122 int cmp;
5123 char name[4];
5124
5125 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5126 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5127 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5128 *str = *str + 1;
5129
5130 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5131 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5132 name[1] = 0;
5133 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5134 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5135 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5136 name[2] = 0;
5137 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5138 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5139 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5140 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5141 name[3] = 0;
5142 else
5143 return e_fsel;
5144
5145 low = 0;
5146 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5147
5148 do
5149 {
5150 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5151 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5152 if (cmp < 0)
5153 high = middle - 1;
5154 else if (cmp > 0)
5155 low = middle + 1;
5156 else
5157 {
5158 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5159 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5160 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5161 return e_fsel;
5162 #endif
5163 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5164 }
5165 }
5166 while (low <= high);
5167
5168 return e_fsel;
5169 }
5170
5171 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5172
5173 static int
5174 get_expression (str)
5175 char *str;
5176 {
5177 char *save_in;
5178 asection *seg;
5179
5180 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5181 input_line_pointer = str;
5182 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5183 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5184 || seg == undefined_section
5185 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5186 {
5187 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5188 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5189 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5190 return 1;
5191 }
5192 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5193 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5194 return 0;
5195 }
5196
5197 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5198 static int
5199 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5200 struct pa_it *insn;
5201 char **strp;
5202 {
5203 char *save_in;
5204
5205 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5206 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5207 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5208 expression (&insn->exp);
5209 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5210
5211 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5212 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5213 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5214
5215 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5216 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5217 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5218 {
5219 char *s, c;
5220 int retval;
5221
5222 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5223 s = *strp;
5224 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5225 s++;
5226
5227 c = *s;
5228 *s = 0;
5229
5230 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5231
5232 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5233 *s = c;
5234 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5235 }
5236 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5237 and return to our caller. */
5238 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5239 {
5240 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5241 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5242 return 0;
5243 }
5244 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245 {
5246 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5247 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5248 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5249 return 0;
5250 }
5251 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5252 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5253 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5254 }
5255
5256 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5257 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5258 static int
5259 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5260 struct pa_it *insn;
5261 {
5262 offsetT value;
5263 expressionS exp;
5264 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5265
5266 exp = insn->exp;
5267 value = exp.X_add_number;
5268
5269 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5270 }
5271
5272 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5273 argument location number. */
5274
5275 static unsigned int
5276 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5277 char *type_name;
5278 {
5279
5280 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5281 return 0;
5282 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5283 return 1;
5284 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5285 return 2;
5286 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5287 return 3;
5288 else
5289 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5290
5291 return 0;
5292 }
5293
5294 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5295 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5296
5297 static unsigned int
5298 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5299 unsigned int reg;
5300 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5301 {
5302 unsigned int new_reloc;
5303
5304 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5305 switch (reg)
5306 {
5307 case 0:
5308 new_reloc <<= 8;
5309 break;
5310 case 1:
5311 new_reloc <<= 6;
5312 break;
5313 case 2:
5314 new_reloc <<= 4;
5315 break;
5316 case 3:
5317 new_reloc <<= 2;
5318 break;
5319 default:
5320 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5321 }
5322
5323 return new_reloc;
5324 }
5325
5326 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5327 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5328
5329 static int
5330 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5331 char **s;
5332 {
5333 int nullif;
5334
5335 nullif = 0;
5336 if (**s == ',')
5337 {
5338 *s = *s + 1;
5339 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5340 nullif = 1;
5341 else
5342 {
5343 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5344 nullif = 0;
5345 }
5346 *s = *s + 1;
5347 }
5348
5349 return nullif;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5353 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5354
5355 static int
5356 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5357 char **s;
5358 {
5359 int cmpltr;
5360 char *name = *s + 1;
5361 char c;
5362 char *save_s = *s;
5363 int nullify = 0;
5364
5365 cmpltr = 0;
5366 if (**s == ',')
5367 {
5368 *s += 1;
5369 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5370 *s += 1;
5371 c = **s;
5372 **s = 0x00;
5373
5374 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5375 {
5376 cmpltr = 1;
5377 }
5378 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5379 {
5380 cmpltr = 2;
5381 }
5382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5383 {
5384 cmpltr = 3;
5385 }
5386 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5387 {
5388 cmpltr = 4;
5389 }
5390 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5391 {
5392 cmpltr = 5;
5393 }
5394 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5395 {
5396 cmpltr = 6;
5397 }
5398 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5399 {
5400 cmpltr = 7;
5401 }
5402 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5403 completer. */
5404 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 0;
5407 nullify = 1;
5408 }
5409 else
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = -1;
5412 }
5413 **s = c;
5414 }
5415
5416 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5417 if (nullify)
5418 *s = save_s;
5419
5420 return cmpltr;
5421 }
5422
5423 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5424 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5425
5426 static int
5427 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5428 char **s;
5429 {
5430 int cmpltr;
5431 char *name = *s + 1;
5432 char c;
5433 char *save_s = *s;
5434 int nullify = 0;
5435
5436 cmpltr = 0;
5437 if (**s == ',')
5438 {
5439 *s += 1;
5440 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5441 *s += 1;
5442 c = **s;
5443 **s = 0x00;
5444
5445 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5446 {
5447 cmpltr = 0;
5448 }
5449 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5450 {
5451 cmpltr = 1;
5452 }
5453 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5454 {
5455 cmpltr = 2;
5456 }
5457 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5458 {
5459 cmpltr = 3;
5460 }
5461 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5462 {
5463 cmpltr = 4;
5464 }
5465 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 5;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 6;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 7;
5476 }
5477 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5478 completer. */
5479 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5480 {
5481 cmpltr = 0;
5482 nullify = 1;
5483 }
5484 else
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = -1;
5487 }
5488 **s = c;
5489 }
5490
5491 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5492 if (nullify)
5493 *s = save_s;
5494
5495 return cmpltr;
5496 }
5497
5498 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5499 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5500
5501 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5502 returned as 8-15. */
5503
5504 static int
5505 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5506 char **s;
5507 {
5508 int cmpltr;
5509 char *name = *s + 1;
5510 char c;
5511
5512 cmpltr = -1;
5513 if (**s == ',')
5514 {
5515 *s += 1;
5516 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5517 *s += 1;
5518 c = **s;
5519 **s = 0x00;
5520
5521 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5522 {
5523 cmpltr = 0;
5524 }
5525 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5526 {
5527 cmpltr = 1;
5528 }
5529 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5530 {
5531 cmpltr = 2;
5532 }
5533 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5534 {
5535 cmpltr = 3;
5536 }
5537 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5538 {
5539 cmpltr = 4;
5540 }
5541 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5542 {
5543 cmpltr = 5;
5544 }
5545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5546 {
5547 cmpltr = 6;
5548 }
5549 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5550 {
5551 cmpltr = 7;
5552 }
5553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5554 {
5555 cmpltr = 8;
5556 }
5557 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5558 {
5559 cmpltr = 9;
5560 }
5561 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5562 {
5563 cmpltr = 10;
5564 }
5565 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5566 {
5567 cmpltr = 11;
5568 }
5569 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5570 {
5571 cmpltr = 12;
5572 }
5573 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5574 {
5575 cmpltr = 13;
5576 }
5577 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5578 {
5579 cmpltr = 14;
5580 }
5581 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5582 {
5583 cmpltr = 15;
5584 }
5585 else
5586 {
5587 cmpltr = -1;
5588 }
5589 **s = c;
5590 }
5591
5592 return cmpltr;
5593 }
5594
5595 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5596 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5597
5598 static int
5599 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5600 char **s;
5601 {
5602 int cmpltr;
5603 char *name = *s + 1;
5604 char c;
5605
5606 cmpltr = -1;
5607 if (**s == ',')
5608 {
5609 *s += 1;
5610 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5611 *s += 1;
5612 c = **s;
5613 **s = 0x00;
5614
5615 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5616 {
5617 cmpltr = 0;
5618 }
5619 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5620 {
5621 cmpltr = 1;
5622 }
5623 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5624 {
5625 cmpltr = 2;
5626 }
5627 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5628 {
5629 cmpltr = 3;
5630 }
5631 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5632 {
5633 cmpltr = 4;
5634 }
5635 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5636 {
5637 cmpltr = 5;
5638 }
5639 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5640 {
5641 cmpltr = 6;
5642 }
5643 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 7;
5646 }
5647 else
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = -1;
5650 }
5651 **s = c;
5652 }
5653
5654 return cmpltr;
5655 }
5656
5657 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5658 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5659
5660 static int
5661 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5662 char **s;
5663 {
5664 int cmpltr;
5665 char *name = *s + 1;
5666 char c;
5667 char *save_s = *s;
5668 int nullify = 0;
5669
5670 cmpltr = 0;
5671 if (**s == ',')
5672 {
5673 *s += 1;
5674 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5675 *s += 1;
5676 c = **s;
5677 **s = 0x00;
5678 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5679 {
5680 cmpltr = 1;
5681 }
5682 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5683 {
5684 cmpltr = 2;
5685 }
5686 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5687 {
5688 cmpltr = 3;
5689 }
5690 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5691 {
5692 cmpltr = 4;
5693 }
5694 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5695 {
5696 cmpltr = 5;
5697 }
5698 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5699 {
5700 cmpltr = 6;
5701 }
5702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 7;
5705 }
5706 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5707 completer. */
5708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = 0;
5711 nullify = 1;
5712 }
5713 else
5714 {
5715 cmpltr = -1;
5716 }
5717 **s = c;
5718 }
5719
5720 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5721 if (nullify)
5722 *s = save_s;
5723
5724 return cmpltr;
5725 }
5726
5727 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5728 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5729
5730 static int
5731 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5732 char **s;
5733 {
5734 int cmpltr;
5735 char *name = *s + 1;
5736 char c;
5737 char *save_s = *s;
5738 int nullify = 0;
5739
5740 cmpltr = 0;
5741 if (**s == ',')
5742 {
5743 *s += 1;
5744 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5745 *s += 1;
5746 c = **s;
5747 **s = 0x00;
5748 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5749 {
5750 cmpltr = 0;
5751 }
5752 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5753 {
5754 cmpltr = 1;
5755 }
5756 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5757 {
5758 cmpltr = 2;
5759 }
5760 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5761 {
5762 cmpltr = 3;
5763 }
5764 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5765 {
5766 cmpltr = 4;
5767 }
5768 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5769 {
5770 cmpltr = 5;
5771 }
5772 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5773 {
5774 cmpltr = 6;
5775 }
5776 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5777 {
5778 cmpltr = 7;
5779 }
5780 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5781 completer. */
5782 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5783 {
5784 cmpltr = 0;
5785 nullify = 1;
5786 }
5787 else
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = -1;
5790 }
5791 **s = c;
5792 }
5793
5794 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5795 if (nullify)
5796 *s = save_s;
5797
5798 return cmpltr;
5799 }
5800
5801 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5802 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5803
5804 static int
5805 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5806 char **s;
5807 {
5808 int cmpltr;
5809 char *name = *s + 1;
5810 char c;
5811 char *save_s = *s;
5812 int nullify = 0;
5813
5814 cmpltr = 0;
5815 if (**s == ',')
5816 {
5817 *s += 1;
5818 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5819 *s += 1;
5820 c = **s;
5821 **s = 0x00;
5822 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5823 {
5824 cmpltr = 1;
5825 }
5826 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5827 {
5828 cmpltr = 2;
5829 }
5830 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5831 {
5832 cmpltr = 3;
5833 }
5834 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5835 {
5836 cmpltr = 4;
5837 }
5838 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5839 {
5840 cmpltr = 5;
5841 }
5842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5843 {
5844 cmpltr = 6;
5845 }
5846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5847 {
5848 cmpltr = 7;
5849 }
5850 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5851 {
5852 cmpltr = 8;
5853 }
5854 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5855 {
5856 cmpltr = 9;
5857 }
5858 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5859 {
5860 cmpltr = 10;
5861 }
5862 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5863 {
5864 cmpltr = 11;
5865 }
5866 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5867 {
5868 cmpltr = 12;
5869 }
5870 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5871 {
5872 cmpltr = 13;
5873 }
5874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5875 {
5876 cmpltr = 14;
5877 }
5878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5879 {
5880 cmpltr = 15;
5881 }
5882 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5883 completer. */
5884 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = 0;
5887 nullify = 1;
5888 }
5889 else
5890 {
5891 cmpltr = -1;
5892 }
5893 **s = c;
5894 }
5895
5896 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5897 if (nullify)
5898 *s = save_s;
5899
5900 return cmpltr;
5901 }
5902
5903 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5904 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5905 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5906 static void
5907 pa_align (bytes)
5908 int bytes;
5909 {
5910 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5911 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5912
5913 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5914 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5915
5916 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5917 alignment if necessary. */
5918 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5919 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5920 }
5921 #endif
5922
5923 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5924
5925 static void
5926 pa_block (z)
5927 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5928 {
5929 char *p;
5930 long int temp_fill;
5931 unsigned int temp_size;
5932 unsigned int i;
5933
5934 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5935 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5936 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5937 #endif
5938
5939 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5940
5941 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5942 temp_fill = 0;
5943
5944 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5945 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5946 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5947
5948 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5949
5950 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5951 {
5952 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5953 (valueT) temp_fill,
5954 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5955 }
5956
5957 pa_undefine_label ();
5958 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5959 }
5960
5961 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5962
5963 static void
5964 pa_brtab (begin)
5965 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5966 {
5967
5968 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5969 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5970 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5971 char *where = frag_more (0);
5972
5973 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5974 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5975 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5976 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5977 #endif
5978
5979 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5980 }
5981
5982 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5983
5984 static void
5985 pa_try (begin)
5986 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5987 {
5988 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5989 expressionS exp;
5990 char *where = frag_more (0);
5991
5992 if (! begin)
5993 expression (&exp);
5994
5995 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5996 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5997
5998 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5999 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6000 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6001 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6002 #endif
6003
6004 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6005 }
6006
6007 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6008 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6009 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6010
6011 static void
6012 pa_call (unused)
6013 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6014 {
6015 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6016 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6017 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6018 #endif
6019
6020 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6021 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6022 }
6023
6024 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6025 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6026
6027 static void
6028 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6029 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6030 {
6031 char *name, c, *p;
6032 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6033
6034 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6035 {
6036 name = input_line_pointer;
6037 c = get_symbol_end ();
6038 /* Process a source argument. */
6039 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6040 {
6041 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6042 p = input_line_pointer;
6043 *p = c;
6044 input_line_pointer++;
6045 name = input_line_pointer;
6046 c = get_symbol_end ();
6047 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6048 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6049 }
6050 /* Process a return value. */
6051 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6052 {
6053 p = input_line_pointer;
6054 *p = c;
6055 input_line_pointer++;
6056 name = input_line_pointer;
6057 c = get_symbol_end ();
6058 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6059 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6060 }
6061 else
6062 {
6063 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6064 }
6065 p = input_line_pointer;
6066 *p = c;
6067 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6068 input_line_pointer++;
6069 }
6070 }
6071
6072 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6073
6074 static int
6075 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6076 fragS *frag1;
6077 fragS *frag2;
6078 {
6079
6080 if (frag1 == NULL)
6081 return (FALSE);
6082 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6083 return (FALSE);
6084 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6085 return (TRUE);
6086 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6087 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6088 else
6089 return (FALSE);
6090 }
6091
6092 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6093 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6094 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6095 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6096 of the unwind spaces. */
6097
6098 static void
6099 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6100 struct call_info *call_info;
6101 {
6102 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6103 subsegT save_subseg;
6104 unsigned int unwind;
6105 int reloc;
6106 char *p;
6107
6108 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6109 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6110 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6111 return;
6112
6113 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6114 save_seg = now_seg;
6115 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6116 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6117 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6118 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6119 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6120 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6121 {
6122 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6123 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6124 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6125 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6126 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6127 }
6128
6129 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6130
6131 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6132 descriptor. */
6133 p = frag_more (16);
6134
6135 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6136 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6137 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6138 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6139 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6140 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6141
6142 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6143
6144 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6145 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6146 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6147 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6148 finished with its work. */
6149 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6150 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6151 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6152 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6153 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6154
6155 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6156 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6157 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6158
6159 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6160 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6161
6162 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6163 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6164 }
6165 #endif
6166
6167 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6168 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6169 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6170
6171 static void
6172 pa_callinfo (unused)
6173 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6174 {
6175 char *name, c, *p;
6176 int temp;
6177
6178 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6179 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6181 #endif
6182
6183 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6184 if (!within_procedure)
6185 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6186
6187 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6188 current procedure. */
6189 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6190
6191 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6192 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6193 {
6194 name = input_line_pointer;
6195 c = get_symbol_end ();
6196 /* Frame size specification. */
6197 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6198 {
6199 p = input_line_pointer;
6200 *p = c;
6201 input_line_pointer++;
6202 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6203 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6204 {
6205 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6206 temp = 0;
6207 }
6208
6209 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6210 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6211
6212 }
6213 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6214 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6215 {
6216 p = input_line_pointer;
6217 *p = c;
6218 input_line_pointer++;
6219 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6220 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6221 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6222 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6223 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6224 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6225 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6226 }
6227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6228 {
6229 p = input_line_pointer;
6230 *p = c;
6231 input_line_pointer++;
6232 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6233 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6234 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6235 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6236 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6237 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6238 }
6239 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6240 {
6241 p = input_line_pointer;
6242 *p = c;
6243 input_line_pointer++;
6244 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6245 if (temp != 3)
6246 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6247 }
6248 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6249 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6250 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6251 {
6252 p = input_line_pointer;
6253 *p = c;
6254 }
6255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6256 {
6257 p = input_line_pointer;
6258 *p = c;
6259 }
6260 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6261 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6262 {
6263 p = input_line_pointer;
6264 *p = c;
6265 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6266 }
6267 /* Likewise for SP. */
6268 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6269 {
6270 p = input_line_pointer;
6271 *p = c;
6272 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6273 }
6274 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6275 in the unwind descriptor. */
6276 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6277 {
6278 p = input_line_pointer;
6279 *p = c;
6280 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6281 }
6282 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6283 unwind descriptor. */
6284 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6285 {
6286 p = input_line_pointer;
6287 *p = c;
6288 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6289 }
6290 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6291 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6292 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6293 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6294 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6295 {
6296 p = input_line_pointer;
6297 *p = c;
6298 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6299 }
6300 else
6301 {
6302 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6303 *input_line_pointer = c;
6304 }
6305 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6306 input_line_pointer++;
6307 }
6308
6309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6310 }
6311
6312 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6313 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6314 label when finished. */
6315 static void
6316 pa_text (unused)
6317 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6318 {
6319 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6320 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6321 current_subspace
6322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6323 #endif
6324
6325 s_text (0);
6326 pa_undefine_label ();
6327 }
6328
6329 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6330 static void
6331 pa_data (unused)
6332 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6333 {
6334 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6335 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6336 current_subspace
6337 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6338 #endif
6339 s_data (0);
6340 pa_undefine_label ();
6341 }
6342
6343 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6344 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6345
6346 <label> .comm <length>
6347
6348 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6349 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6350 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6351 and subspace.
6352
6353 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6354
6355 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6356 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6357 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6358 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6359 a pain.
6360
6361 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6362
6363 static void
6364 pa_comm (unused)
6365 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6366 {
6367 unsigned int size;
6368 symbolS *symbol;
6369 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6370
6371 if (label_symbol)
6372 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6373 else
6374 symbol = NULL;
6375
6376 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6377 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6378
6379 if (symbol)
6380 {
6381 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6382 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6383 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6384
6385 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6386 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6387 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6388 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6389 }
6390 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6391 }
6392 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6393
6394 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6395
6396 static void
6397 pa_end (unused)
6398 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6399 {
6400 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6401 }
6402
6403 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6404 static void
6405 pa_enter (unused)
6406 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6407 {
6408 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6409 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6410 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6411 #endif
6412
6413 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416
6417 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6418 procesure. */
6419 static void
6420 pa_entry (unused)
6421 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6422 {
6423 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6424 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6425 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6426 #endif
6427
6428 if (!within_procedure)
6429 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6430 else
6431 {
6432 if (!callinfo_found)
6433 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6434 }
6435 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6436 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6437
6438 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6439 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6440 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6441 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6442 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6443
6444 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6445 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6446 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6447 denote the entry and exit points. */
6448 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6449 {
6450 char *where;
6451 unsigned int u;
6452
6453 where = frag_more (0);
6454 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6455 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6456 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6457 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6458 }
6459 #endif
6460 }
6461
6462 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6463 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6464 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6465 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6466
6467 int
6468 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6469 expressionS *resultP;
6470 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6471 expressionS *rightP;
6472 {
6473 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6474 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6475 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6476 {
6477 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6478 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6479 }
6480 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6481 }
6482
6483 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6484
6485 static void
6486 pa_equ (reg)
6487 int reg;
6488 {
6489 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6490 symbolS *symbol;
6491
6492 if (label_symbol)
6493 {
6494 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6495 if (reg)
6496 {
6497 strict = 1;
6498 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6499 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6500 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6501 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6502 }
6503 else
6504 {
6505 expressionS exp;
6506 segT seg;
6507
6508 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6509 seg = expression (&exp);
6510 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6511 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6512 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6513 {
6514 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6515 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6516 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6517 seg = absolute_section;
6518 }
6519 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6520 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6521 }
6522 }
6523 else
6524 {
6525 if (reg)
6526 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6527 else
6528 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6529 }
6530
6531 pa_undefine_label ();
6532 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6533 }
6534
6535 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6536 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6537 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6538
6539 static void
6540 process_exit ()
6541 {
6542 char *where;
6543
6544 where = frag_more (0);
6545
6546 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6547 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6548 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6549 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6550 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6551 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6552 #else
6553 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6554 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6555 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6556 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6557
6558 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6559 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6560 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6561 denote the entry and exit points. */
6562 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6563 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6564 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6565 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6566 #endif
6567 }
6568
6569 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6570
6571 static void
6572 pa_exit (unused)
6573 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6574 {
6575 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6576 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6577 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6578 #endif
6579
6580 if (!within_procedure)
6581 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6582 else
6583 {
6584 if (!callinfo_found)
6585 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6586 else
6587 {
6588 if (!within_entry_exit)
6589 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6590 else
6591 {
6592 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6593 process_exit ();
6594 }
6595 }
6596 }
6597 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6601 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6602 to callers. */
6603
6604 static void
6605 pa_export (unused)
6606 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6607 {
6608 char *name, c, *p;
6609 symbolS *symbol;
6610
6611 name = input_line_pointer;
6612 c = get_symbol_end ();
6613 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6614 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6615 {
6616 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6617 p = input_line_pointer;
6618 *p = c;
6619 input_line_pointer++;
6620 }
6621 else
6622 {
6623 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6624 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6625 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6626 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6627 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6628 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6629 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6630 p = input_line_pointer;
6631 *p = c;
6632 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6633 {
6634 input_line_pointer++;
6635 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6636 }
6637 }
6638
6639 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6640 }
6641
6642 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6643
6644 static void
6645 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6646 symbolS *symbolP;
6647 int is_export;
6648 {
6649 char *name, c, *p;
6650 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6651 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6652 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6653
6654 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6655
6656 {
6657 input_line_pointer += 8;
6658 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6659 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6660 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6661 }
6662 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6663 {
6664 input_line_pointer += 4;
6665 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6666 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6667
6668 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6669 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6670 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6671 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6672 {
6673 if (is_export)
6674 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6675 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6676
6677 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6678 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6679 }
6680 else
6681 {
6682 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6683 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6684 }
6685 }
6686 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6687 {
6688 input_line_pointer += 4;
6689 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6690 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6691 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6692 }
6693 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6694 {
6695 input_line_pointer += 5;
6696 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6697 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6698 }
6699 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6700 {
6701 input_line_pointer += 9;
6702 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6703 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6704 {
6705 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6706 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6707 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6708 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6709 }
6710 #endif
6711 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6712 }
6713 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6714 {
6715 input_line_pointer += 6;
6716 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6717 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6718 }
6719 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6720 {
6721 input_line_pointer += 8;
6722 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6723 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6724 }
6725 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6726 {
6727 input_line_pointer += 8;
6728 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6729 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6730 }
6731
6732 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6733 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6734 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6735 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6736 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6737 #endif
6738
6739 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6740 handle any argument relocation information. */
6741 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6742 {
6743 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6744 input_line_pointer++;
6745 name = input_line_pointer;
6746 c = get_symbol_end ();
6747 /* Argument sources. */
6748 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6749 {
6750 p = input_line_pointer;
6751 *p = c;
6752 input_line_pointer++;
6753 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6754 name = input_line_pointer;
6755 c = get_symbol_end ();
6756 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6757 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6758 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6759 #endif
6760 *input_line_pointer = c;
6761 }
6762 /* The return value. */
6763 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6764 {
6765 p = input_line_pointer;
6766 *p = c;
6767 input_line_pointer++;
6768 name = input_line_pointer;
6769 c = get_symbol_end ();
6770 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6771 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6772 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6773 #endif
6774 *input_line_pointer = c;
6775 }
6776 /* Privelege level. */
6777 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6778 {
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6783 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6784 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6785 #endif
6786 c = get_symbol_end ();
6787 *input_line_pointer = c;
6788 }
6789 else
6790 {
6791 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6792 p = input_line_pointer;
6793 *p = c;
6794 }
6795 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6796 input_line_pointer++;
6797 }
6798 }
6799
6800 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6801 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6802 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6803
6804 static void
6805 pa_import (unused)
6806 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6807 {
6808 char *name, c, *p;
6809 symbolS *symbol;
6810
6811 name = input_line_pointer;
6812 c = get_symbol_end ();
6813
6814 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6815 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6816 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6817 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6818 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6819 {
6820 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6821 p = input_line_pointer;
6822 *p = c;
6823
6824 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6825 {
6826 input_line_pointer++;
6827 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6828 }
6829 else
6830 {
6831 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6832 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6833 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6834 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6835 if (now_seg == text_section)
6836 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6837
6838 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6839 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6840 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6841 }
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6846 the end of the current statement. */
6847 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6848 input_line_pointer++;
6849 }
6850
6851 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 pa_label (unused)
6858 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6859 {
6860 char *name, c, *p;
6861
6862 name = input_line_pointer;
6863 c = get_symbol_end ();
6864
6865 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6866 {
6867 colon (name);
6868 p = input_line_pointer;
6869 *p = c;
6870 }
6871 else
6872 {
6873 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6874 }
6875
6876 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6877 {
6878 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6879 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6880 }
6881 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6885
6886 static void
6887 pa_leave (unused)
6888 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6889 {
6890 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6891 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6892 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6893 #endif
6894
6895 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6896 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6897 }
6898
6899 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6900
6901 static void
6902 pa_level (unused)
6903 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6904 {
6905 char *level;
6906
6907 level = input_line_pointer;
6908 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6909 {
6910 input_line_pointer += 3;
6911 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6912 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6913 }
6914 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6915 {
6916 input_line_pointer += 3;
6917 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6918 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6919 }
6920 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6921 {
6922 input_line_pointer += 4;
6923 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6924 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6925 }
6926 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6927 {
6928 input_line_pointer += 3;
6929 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6930 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6931 }
6932 else
6933 {
6934 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6935 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6936 }
6937 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6938 }
6939
6940 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6941
6942 static void
6943 pa_origin (unused)
6944 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6945 {
6946 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6947 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6948 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6949 #endif
6950
6951 s_org (0);
6952 pa_undefine_label ();
6953 }
6954
6955 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6956 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6957
6958 static void
6959 pa_param (unused)
6960 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6961 {
6962 char *name, c, *p;
6963 symbolS *symbol;
6964
6965 name = input_line_pointer;
6966 c = get_symbol_end ();
6967
6968 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6969 {
6970 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6971 p = input_line_pointer;
6972 *p = c;
6973 input_line_pointer++;
6974 }
6975 else
6976 {
6977 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6978 p = input_line_pointer;
6979 *p = c;
6980 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6981 {
6982 input_line_pointer++;
6983 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6988 }
6989
6990 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6991 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6992
6993 static void
6994 pa_proc (unused)
6995 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6996 {
6997 struct call_info *call_info;
6998
6999 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7000 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7001 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7002 #endif
7003
7004 if (within_procedure)
7005 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7006
7007 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7008 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7009 within_procedure = TRUE;
7010
7011 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7012 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7013
7014 if (!call_info)
7015 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7016
7017 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7018
7019 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7020
7021 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7022 {
7023 call_info_root = call_info;
7024 last_call_info = call_info;
7025 }
7026 else
7027 {
7028 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7029 last_call_info = call_info;
7030 }
7031
7032 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7033
7034 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7035 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7036 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7037
7038 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7039 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7040 {
7041 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7042
7043 if (label_symbol)
7044 {
7045 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7046 {
7047 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7048 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7049 }
7050 else
7051 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7052 }
7053 else
7054 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7055 }
7056
7057 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7058 }
7059
7060 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7061 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7062
7063 static void
7064 pa_procend (unused)
7065 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7066 {
7067
7068 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7069 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7070 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7071 #endif
7072
7073 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7074 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7075 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7076
7077 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7078 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7079 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7080 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7081 {
7082 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7083
7084 if (label_symbol)
7085 {
7086 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7087 {
7088 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7089 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7090 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7091 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7092 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7093 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7094 if (within_entry_exit)
7095 {
7096 char *where;
7097 unsigned int u;
7098
7099 where = frag_more (0);
7100 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7101 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7102 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7103 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7104 }
7105 #endif
7106 }
7107 else
7108 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7109 }
7110 else
7111 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7112 }
7113
7114 if (!within_procedure)
7115 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7116
7117 if (!callinfo_found)
7118 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7119
7120 if (within_entry_exit)
7121 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7122
7123 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7124 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7125 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7126 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7127 #endif
7128
7129 within_procedure = FALSE;
7130 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7131 pa_undefine_label ();
7132 }
7133
7134 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7135 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7136 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7137
7138 static int
7139 log2 (value)
7140 int value;
7141 {
7142 int shift = 0;
7143
7144 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7145 shift++;
7146
7147 if (shift >= 32)
7148 return -1;
7149 else
7150 return shift;
7151 }
7152
7153 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7154
7155 static void
7156 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7157 {
7158 if (current_space == NULL)
7159 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7160
7161 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7162 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7163 }
7164
7165 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7166 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7167 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7168
7169 static sd_chain_struct *
7170 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7171 char *space_name;
7172 int create_flag;
7173 {
7174 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7175 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7176 int spnum;
7177 asection *seg = NULL;
7178 sd_chain_struct *space;
7179
7180 /* load default values */
7181 spnum = 0;
7182 sort = 0;
7183 loadable = TRUE;
7184 defined = TRUE;
7185 private = FALSE;
7186 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7187 {
7188 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7189 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7190 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7191 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7192 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7193 }
7194 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7195 {
7196 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7197 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7198 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7199 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7200 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7201 }
7202
7203 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7204 {
7205 print_errors = FALSE;
7206 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7207 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7208 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7209 the line should be ignored. */
7210 strict = 0;
7211 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7212 if (pa_number >= 0)
7213 {
7214 spnum = pa_number;
7215 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7216 }
7217 else
7218 {
7219 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7220 {
7221 input_line_pointer++;
7222 name = input_line_pointer;
7223 c = get_symbol_end ();
7224 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7225 {
7226 *input_line_pointer = c;
7227 input_line_pointer++;
7228 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7229 }
7230 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7231 {
7232 *input_line_pointer = c;
7233 input_line_pointer++;
7234 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7235 }
7236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7237 {
7238 *input_line_pointer = c;
7239 loadable = FALSE;
7240 }
7241 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7242 {
7243 *input_line_pointer = c;
7244 defined = FALSE;
7245 }
7246 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7247 {
7248 *input_line_pointer = c;
7249 private = TRUE;
7250 }
7251 else
7252 {
7253 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7254 *input_line_pointer = c;
7255 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7256 input_line_pointer++;
7257 }
7258 }
7259 }
7260 print_errors = TRUE;
7261 }
7262
7263 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7264 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7265
7266 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7267 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7268 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7269 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7270 if (create_flag)
7271 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7272 private, sort, seg, 1);
7273 else
7274 {
7275 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7276 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7277 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7278 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7279 }
7280
7281 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7282 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7283 #endif
7284
7285 return space;
7286 }
7287
7288 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7289 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7290
7291 static void
7292 pa_space (unused)
7293 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7294 {
7295 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7296 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7297
7298 if (within_procedure)
7299 {
7300 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7301 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7302 }
7303 else
7304 {
7305 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7306 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7307 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7308 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7309 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7310 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7311 {
7312 input_line_pointer += 6;
7313 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7314 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7315 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7316 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7317 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7318
7319 current_space = sd_chain;
7320 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 current_subspace
7322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7323 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7325 return;
7326 }
7327 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7328 {
7329 input_line_pointer += 9;
7330 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7331 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7332 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7333 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7334 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7335
7336 current_space = sd_chain;
7337 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 current_subspace
7339 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7340 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7342 return;
7343 }
7344 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7345 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7346 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7347 {
7348 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7349 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7350 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7351 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7352 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7353 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7354
7355 current_space = sd_chain;
7356
7357 {
7358 asection *gdb_section
7359 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7360
7361 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 current_subspace
7363 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7364 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7365 }
7366 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7367 return;
7368 }
7369
7370 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7371 print_errors = 0;
7372 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7373 strict = 0;
7374 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7375 if (pa_number >= 0)
7376 {
7377 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7378 {
7379 current_space = sd_chain;
7380
7381 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7382 current_subspace
7383 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7384 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7386 return;
7387 }
7388 }
7389
7390 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7391 print_errors = 1;
7392 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7393 name = input_line_pointer;
7394 c = get_symbol_end ();
7395 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7396 strcpy (space_name, name);
7397 *input_line_pointer = c;
7398
7399 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7400 current_space = sd_chain;
7401
7402 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7403 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7404 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7405 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7406 }
7407 }
7408
7409 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7410
7411 static void
7412 pa_spnum (unused)
7413 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7414 {
7415 char *name;
7416 char c;
7417 char *p;
7418 sd_chain_struct *space;
7419
7420 name = input_line_pointer;
7421 c = get_symbol_end ();
7422 space = is_defined_space (name);
7423 if (space)
7424 {
7425 p = frag_more (4);
7426 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7427 }
7428 else
7429 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7430
7431 *input_line_pointer = c;
7432 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7433 }
7434
7435 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7436 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7437
7438 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7439 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7440
7441 static void
7442 pa_subspace (create_new)
7443 int create_new;
7444 {
7445 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7446 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7447 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7448 sd_chain_struct *space;
7449 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7450 asection *section;
7451
7452 if (current_space == NULL)
7453 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7454
7455 if (within_procedure)
7456 {
7457 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7458 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7459 }
7460 else
7461 {
7462 name = input_line_pointer;
7463 c = get_symbol_end ();
7464 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7465 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7466 *input_line_pointer = c;
7467
7468 /* Load default values. */
7469 sort = 0;
7470 access = 0x7f;
7471 loadable = 1;
7472 common = 0;
7473 dup_common = 0;
7474 code_only = 0;
7475 zero = 0;
7476 space_index = ~0;
7477 alignment = 1;
7478 quadrant = 0;
7479
7480 space = current_space;
7481 if (create_new)
7482 ssd = NULL;
7483 else
7484 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7485 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7486 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7487 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7488 {
7489 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7490 current_subspace = ssd;
7491 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7492 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7493 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7494 return;
7495 }
7496 else
7497 {
7498 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7499 the builtin subspaces. */
7500 i = 0;
7501 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7502 {
7503 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7504 {
7505 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7506 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7507 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7508 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7509 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7510 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7511 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7512 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7513 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7514 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7515 break;
7516 }
7517 i++;
7518 }
7519 }
7520
7521 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7522 any information as specified by the user. */
7523 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7524 {
7525 input_line_pointer++;
7526 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7527 {
7528 name = input_line_pointer;
7529 c = get_symbol_end ();
7530 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7531 {
7532 *input_line_pointer = c;
7533 input_line_pointer++;
7534 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7535 }
7536 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7537 {
7538 *input_line_pointer = c;
7539 input_line_pointer++;
7540 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7541 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7542 {
7543 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7544 alignment = 1;
7545 }
7546 }
7547 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7548 {
7549 *input_line_pointer = c;
7550 input_line_pointer++;
7551 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7552 }
7553 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7554 {
7555 *input_line_pointer = c;
7556 input_line_pointer++;
7557 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7558 }
7559 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7560 {
7561 *input_line_pointer = c;
7562 code_only = 1;
7563 }
7564 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7565 {
7566 *input_line_pointer = c;
7567 loadable = 0;
7568 }
7569 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7570 {
7571 *input_line_pointer = c;
7572 common = 1;
7573 }
7574 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7575 {
7576 *input_line_pointer = c;
7577 dup_common = 1;
7578 }
7579 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7580 {
7581 *input_line_pointer = c;
7582 zero = 1;
7583 }
7584 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7585 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7586 else
7587 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7588 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7589 input_line_pointer++;
7590 }
7591 }
7592
7593 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7594 in the .subspace directive. */
7595 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7596 flags = 0;
7597 if (loadable)
7598 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7599 if (code_only)
7600 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7601 if (common || dup_common)
7602 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7603
7604 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7605
7606 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7607 if (zero)
7608 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7609
7610 applicable &= flags;
7611
7612 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7613 segment already associated with the subspace.
7614
7615 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7616 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7617 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7618 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7619 if (create_new)
7620 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7621 else if (ssd)
7622 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7623 else
7624 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7625
7626 if (zero)
7627 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7628
7629 /* Now set the flags. */
7630 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7631
7632 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7633 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7634
7635 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7636 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7637 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7638
7639 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7640 or create a new one. */
7641 if (ssd)
7642
7643 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7644 code_only, common, dup_common,
7645 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7646 alignment, quadrant,
7647 section);
7648 else
7649 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7650 code_only, common,
7651 dup_common, zero, sort,
7652 access, space_index,
7653 alignment, quadrant, section);
7654
7655 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7656 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7657 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7658 }
7659 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7660 }
7661
7662 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7663
7664 static void
7665 pa_spaces_begin ()
7666 {
7667 int i;
7668
7669 space_dict_root = NULL;
7670 space_dict_last = NULL;
7671
7672 i = 0;
7673 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7674 {
7675 char *name;
7676
7677 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7678 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7679
7680 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7681 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7682 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7683 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7684 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7685 i++;
7686 }
7687
7688 i = 0;
7689 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7690 {
7691 char *name;
7692 int applicable, subsegment;
7693 asection *segment = NULL;
7694 sd_chain_struct *space;
7695
7696 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7697 subsegment number. */
7698 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7699 subsegment = 0;
7700
7701 /* Create the new section. */
7702 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7703
7704 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7705 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7706 all the built-in subspaces. */
7707 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7708 {
7709 text_section = segment;
7710 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7711 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7712 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7713 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7714 | SEC_READONLY
7715 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7716 }
7717 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7718 {
7719 data_section = segment;
7720 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7721 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7722 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7723 | SEC_RELOC
7724 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7725
7726 }
7727 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7728 {
7729 bss_section = segment;
7730 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7731 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7732 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7733 }
7734 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7735 {
7736 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7737 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7738 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7739 | SEC_RELOC
7740 | SEC_READONLY
7741 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7742 }
7743 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7744 {
7745 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7746 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7747 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7748 | SEC_RELOC
7749 | SEC_READONLY
7750 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7751 }
7752 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7753 {
7754 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7755 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7756 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7757 | SEC_RELOC
7758 | SEC_READONLY
7759 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7760 }
7761
7762 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7763 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7764 def_space_index].segment);
7765 if (space == NULL)
7766 {
7767 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7769 }
7770
7771 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7779 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7780 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7781 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7782 segment);
7783 i++;
7784 }
7785 }
7786
7787 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7788 by the given parameters. */
7789
7790 static sd_chain_struct *
7791 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7792 sort, seg, user_defined)
7793 char *name;
7794 int spnum;
7795 int loadable;
7796 int defined;
7797 int private;
7798 int sort;
7799 asection *seg;
7800 int user_defined;
7801 {
7802 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7803
7804 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7805 if (!chain_entry)
7806 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7807 name);
7808
7809 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7810 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7811 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7812 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7813 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7814
7815 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7816 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7817 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7818 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7819
7820 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7821 if (!space_dict_last)
7822 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7823
7824 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7825 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7826 else
7827 {
7828 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7829 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7830
7831 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7832 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7833
7834 while (chain_pointer)
7835 {
7836 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7837 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7838 }
7839
7840 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7841 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7842 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7843 {
7844 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7845 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7846 }
7847 else
7848 {
7849 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7850 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7851 }
7852
7853 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7854 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7855 }
7856
7857 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7858 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7859 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7860 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7861 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7862 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7863 #endif
7864
7865 return chain_entry;
7866 }
7867
7868 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7869 by the given parameters.
7870
7871 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7872 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7873
7874 static ssd_chain_struct *
7875 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7876 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7877 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7878 sd_chain_struct *space;
7879 char *name;
7880 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7881 int sort;
7882 int access;
7883 int space_index;
7884 int alignment;
7885 int quadrant;
7886 asection *seg;
7887 {
7888 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7889
7890 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7891 if (!chain_entry)
7892 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7893
7894 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7895 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7896
7897 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7898 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7899 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7900
7901 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7902 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7903 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7904
7905 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7906 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7907 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7908 else
7909 {
7910 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7911 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7912
7913 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7914 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7915
7916 while (chain_pointer)
7917 {
7918 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7919 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7923 the links. */
7924 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7925 {
7926 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7927 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7928 }
7929 else
7930 {
7931 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7932 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7933 }
7934 }
7935
7936 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7937 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7938 sort, quadrant);
7939 #endif
7940
7941 return chain_entry;
7942 }
7943
7944 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7945 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7946
7947 static ssd_chain_struct *
7948 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7949 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7950 sd_chain_struct *space;
7951 char *name;
7952 int loadable;
7953 int code_only;
7954 int common;
7955 int dup_common;
7956 int zero;
7957 int sort;
7958 int access;
7959 int space_index;
7960 int alignment;
7961 int quadrant;
7962 asection *section;
7963 {
7964 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7965
7966 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7967
7968 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7969 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7970 sort, quadrant);
7971 #endif
7972
7973 return chain_entry;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7977 NULL if no such space exists. */
7978
7979 static sd_chain_struct *
7980 is_defined_space (name)
7981 char *name;
7982 {
7983 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7984
7985 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7986 chain_pointer;
7987 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7988 {
7989 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7990 return chain_pointer;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7994 return NULL;
7995 }
7996
7997 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7998 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7999
8000 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8001 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8002
8003 static sd_chain_struct *
8004 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8005 asection *seg;
8006 {
8007 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8008
8009 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8010 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8011 space_chain;
8012 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8013 {
8014 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8015 return space_chain;
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8019 return NULL;
8020 }
8021
8022 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8023 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8024
8025 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8026 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8027 own subspace. */
8028
8029 static ssd_chain_struct *
8030 is_defined_subspace (name)
8031 char *name;
8032 {
8033 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8034 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8035
8036 /* Walk through each space. */
8037 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8038 space_chain;
8039 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8040 {
8041 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8042 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8043 subspace_chain;
8044 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8045 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8046 return subspace_chain;
8047 }
8048
8049 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8050 return NULL;
8051 }
8052
8053 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8054 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8055
8056 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8057 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8058 to become more efficient. */
8059
8060 static ssd_chain_struct *
8061 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8062 asection *seg;
8063 subsegT subseg;
8064 {
8065 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8066 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8067
8068 /* Walk through each space. */
8069 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8070 space_chain;
8071 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8072 {
8073 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8074 {
8075 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8076 the correct mapping. */
8077 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8078 subspace_chain;
8079 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8080 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8081 return subspace_chain;
8082 }
8083 }
8084
8085 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8086 return NULL;
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8090
8091 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8092 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8093
8094 static sd_chain_struct *
8095 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8096 int number;
8097 {
8098 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8099
8100 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8101 space_chain;
8102 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8103 {
8104 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8105 return space_chain;
8106 }
8107
8108 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8109 return NULL;
8110 }
8111
8112 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8113 address is unknown then return zero. */
8114
8115 static unsigned int
8116 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8117 sd_chain_struct *space;
8118 int quadrant;
8119 {
8120 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8121 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8122 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8123 return 0x40000000;
8124 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8125 return 0x40000000;
8126 else
8127 return 0;
8128 return 0;
8129 }
8130
8131 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8132 static int
8133 pa_next_subseg (space)
8134 sd_chain_struct *space;
8135 {
8136
8137 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8138 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8139 }
8140 #endif
8141
8142 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8143 a string. */
8144
8145 static unsigned int
8146 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8147 char *s;
8148 {
8149 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8150
8151 switch (c)
8152 {
8153 case '\"':
8154 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8155 break;
8156 default:
8157 break;
8158 }
8159 return c;
8160 }
8161
8162 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8163
8164 static void
8165 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8166 int append_zero;
8167 {
8168 char *s, num_buf[4];
8169 unsigned int c;
8170 int i;
8171
8172 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8173 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8174 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8175
8176 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8177 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8178 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8179 #endif
8180
8181 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8182 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8183
8184 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8185 {
8186 if (c == '\\')
8187 {
8188 c = *s;
8189 switch (c)
8190 {
8191 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8192 case 'x':
8193 {
8194 unsigned int number;
8195 int num_digit;
8196 char dg;
8197 char *s_start = s;
8198
8199 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8200 s++;
8201 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8202 num_digit < 2
8203 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8204 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8205 num_digit++)
8206 {
8207 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8208 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8209 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8210 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8211 else
8212 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8213
8214 s++;
8215 dg = *s;
8216 }
8217 if (num_digit > 0)
8218 {
8219 switch (num_digit)
8220 {
8221 case 1:
8222 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8223 break;
8224 case 2:
8225 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8226 break;
8227 }
8228 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8229 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8230 }
8231 break;
8232 }
8233 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8234 default:
8235 s++;
8236 break;
8237 }
8238 }
8239 }
8240 stringer (append_zero);
8241 pa_undefine_label ();
8242 }
8243
8244 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8245
8246 static void
8247 pa_version (unused)
8248 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8249 {
8250 obj_version (0);
8251 pa_undefine_label ();
8252 }
8253
8254 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8255
8256 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 pa_compiler (unused)
8260 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8261 {
8262 obj_som_compiler (0);
8263 pa_undefine_label ();
8264 }
8265
8266 #endif
8267
8268 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8269
8270 static void
8271 pa_copyright (unused)
8272 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8273 {
8274 obj_copyright (0);
8275 pa_undefine_label ();
8276 }
8277
8278 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8279 the latest space label. */
8280
8281 static void
8282 pa_cons (nbytes)
8283 int nbytes;
8284 {
8285 cons (nbytes);
8286 pa_undefine_label ();
8287 }
8288
8289 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8290
8291 static void
8292 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8293 int float_type;
8294 {
8295 float_cons (float_type);
8296 pa_undefine_label ();
8297 }
8298
8299 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8300
8301 static void
8302 pa_fill (unused)
8303 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8304 {
8305 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8306 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8307 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8308 #endif
8309
8310 s_fill (0);
8311 pa_undefine_label ();
8312 }
8313
8314 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8315
8316 static void
8317 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8318 int needs_align;
8319 {
8320 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8321 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8322 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8323 #endif
8324
8325 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8326 pa_undefine_label ();
8327 }
8328
8329 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8330
8331 static void
8332 pa_lsym (unused)
8333 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8334 {
8335 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8336 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8337 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8338 #endif
8339
8340 s_lsym (0);
8341 pa_undefine_label ();
8342 }
8343
8344 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8345 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8346 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8347
8348 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8349 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8350 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8351 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8352 with the address of "foo").
8353
8354 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8355 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8356 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8357
8358 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8359 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8360 selectors).
8361
8362 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8363 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8364
8365 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8366 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8367 right bits out of an instruction. */
8368
8369 int
8370 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8371 fixS *fixp;
8372 {
8373 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8374
8375 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8376
8377 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8378 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8379 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8380 return 0;
8381 #endif
8382
8383 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8384 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8385 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8386 return 0;
8387 #endif
8388
8389 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8390 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8391 return 0;
8392
8393 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8394 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8395
8396 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8397 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8398 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8399 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8400 && fixp->fx_subsy
8401 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8402 {
8403 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8404 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8405 return 0;
8406 }
8407
8408 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8409
8410 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8411 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8412 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8413 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8414 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8415 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8416 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8417 sum to the right value.
8418
8419 eg. Suppose we have
8420 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8421 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8422 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8423
8424 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8425 reducing to the section symbol we get
8426 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8427 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8428 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8429 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8430 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8431
8432 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8433 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8434 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8435 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8436 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8437
8438 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8439 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8440 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8441 return 0;
8442
8443 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8444 relocations with plabels. */
8445 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8446 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8447 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8448 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8449 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8450 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8451 return 0;
8452
8453 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8454 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8455 return 0;
8456
8457 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8458 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8459 return 0;
8460
8461 return 1;
8462 }
8463
8464 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8465 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8466 within GAS. */
8467
8468 int
8469 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8470 struct fix *fixp;
8471 {
8472 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8473
8474 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8475 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8476 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8477 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8478 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8479 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8480 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8481 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8482 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8483 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8484 return 1;
8485 #endif
8486 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8487 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8488 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8489 return 1;
8490 #endif
8491
8492 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8493
8494 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8495 linking works. */
8496 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8497 return 1;
8498
8499 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8500 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8501 call stub. */
8502 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8503 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8504 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8505 return 1;
8506
8507 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8508 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8509 {
8510 valueT distance;
8511
8512 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8513 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8514 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8515 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8516 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8517 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8518 #endif
8519 )
8520 return 1;
8521 }
8522
8523 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8524 return 1;
8525
8526 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8527 return 0;
8528 }
8529
8530 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8531 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8532 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8533 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8534
8535 static void
8536 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8537 {
8538 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8539 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8540 char *name;
8541
8542 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8543 {
8544 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8545 or other problems. */
8546 return;
8547 }
8548
8549 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8550 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8551 + 1);
8552 if (name)
8553 {
8554 symbolS *symbolP;
8555
8556 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8557 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8558
8559 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8560 symbol will have already been defined. */
8561 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8562 if (symbolP)
8563 {
8564 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8565 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8566
8567 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8568 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8569 xfree (name);
8570 }
8571 else
8572 {
8573 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8574 last instruction of the function */
8575 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8576 frag_now);
8577
8578 assert (symbolP);
8579 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8580 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8581 }
8582
8583 if (symbolP)
8584 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8585 else
8586 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8587
8588 }
8589 else
8590 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8591
8592 }
8593
8594 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8595 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8596 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8597 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8598
8599 void
8600 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8601 {
8602 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8603
8604 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8605 call_info_pointer;
8606 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8607 {
8608 elf_symbol_type *esym
8609 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8610 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8611 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8612 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8613 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8614 }
8615 }
8616
8617 static void
8618 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8619 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8620 {
8621 struct fix *new_fix;
8622
8623 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8624
8625 if (new_fix)
8626 {
8627 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8628 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8629 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8630 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8631 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8632 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8633 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8634 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8635 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8636 }
8637 }
8638
8639 static void
8640 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8641 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8642 {
8643 struct fix *new_fix;
8644
8645 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8646
8647 if (new_fix)
8648 {
8649 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8650 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8651 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8652 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8653 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8654 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8655 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8656 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8657 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8658 }
8659 }
8660 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.211463 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.